(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

m^^^' 







YCOMING COLII 




2003-2004 



ACADEMIC 
















CATALOG 



* 




&f^' 



srF»r.'^"%3t* ■■'Tfl. 



The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate 
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved 
within a coeducational, supportive, residential 
setting through programs that develop 
communication and critical thinking skills; 
foster self-awareness while increasing 
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives; 
explore literary and scientific traditions; 
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social 
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness, 
gender equality, and an appreciation of 
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for 
the institutions of society. Each student is 
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues 
and traits of character that enable, ennoble, 
and emancipate the human spirit while 
deepening commitment to those values that 
undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
to certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established 
by the Society for membership. The depart- 
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis- 
tration are accredited by the Association of 
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 2003-2004 2 

Welcome to Lycoming 4 

The Campus 6 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Financial Matters 13 

Student Affairs 20 

Academic Policies And Regulations 23 

The Academic Program 30 

The Curriculum 50 

The Board of Trustees 164 

Administrative Staff/Faculty 165 

The Alumni Association 180 

Index 182 




Communication With 
Lycoming College 



184 



The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 2003-04 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 2003 or the spring of 2004 are there after 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students have the option of following their original 
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College 
always reserves the right to determine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be 
subject to the requirements stated on page 30. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 



ACADEMIC Calendar 2003 - 2004 






Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 8 


December 12 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 22 at 9 a.m. 


January 11 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 23 at 10 a.m. 


January 11 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 25 


January 12 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 25 


January 12 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


August 29 


January 16 


Last day for drop/add 


August 29 


January 16 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


August 29 


January 16 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 3 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 20 


Early Assessment reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 6 


February 23 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 28 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 7 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 8 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 9 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 







Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 24 


March 19 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 24 
November 12 


February 1 1 
April 7 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 25 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


November 30 




Classes resume tlrst period after 
Thanksgiving 


December 1 




Final examinations begin 


December 8 


April 26 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 12 


April 30 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 12 


April 30 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 
Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m. 


May 9 


June 6 


July 11 


Classes begin 


May 10 


June 7 


July 12 


Last day for drop/add 


May 11 


June 9 


July 14 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 11 


June 9 


July 14 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 26 


June 28 


August 2 


Term ends 


June 4 


July 9 


August 13 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 4 


July 9 


August 13 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman First Weekend .... August 22, 23, 24 

New Student Convocation August 22 

Labor Day (classes in session) September 1 

Family Weekend September 26-28 

Science Saturday October 4 

Homecoming Weekend October 17-19 

Admissions Open House October 25 

Long Weekend October 31 -November 1 

(No Classes) 
Admissions Open House November 8 



Thanksgiving Recess November 25-30 

Admissions Open House February 14 

Spring Recess February 28 - March 7 

Accepted Students Day April 4 

Good Friday (no classes) April 9 

Honors Convocation April 18 

Baccalaureate May 8 

Commencement May 9 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 31 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 

• 



-•I 



Welcome To Lycoming College 




Lycoming College is a liberal arts and 
sciences college dedicated to providing the 
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime 
in a supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized the Carnegie reclassification of 
Lycoming. The College is one of the national 
liberal arts colleges in the United States. It is 
something that Lycoming alumni have quietly 
known for years. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 



for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. The average gradua- 
tion rate for first time freshmen is 70%. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared to 
meet the challenges of life through an aca- 
demic program that includes both breadth of 
study in the humanities, arts, social sciences 
and natural sciences and depth of study in at 
least one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 31 major fields, 
and a bachelor of science in three major fields. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming 
students can study engineering, forestry, 
environment, podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology — while still enjoying 



LYCOMFNG COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



the benefits of a small college experience. 
They can also study at Oxford Brookes 
University in Oxford, England; Anglia 
Polytechnic University in Cambridge, 
England; Regent's College in London, 
England; Lancaster University, Lancaster, 
England; CUEF Universite Stendhal- 
Grenoble 3 in Grenoble, France; and Tandem 
International School, Madrid, Spain; or spend 
a semester in Washington, D.C., or New York 
City through a number of other cooperative 
programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, commu- 
nication, government, health and social 
services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experi- 
ence rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. 
However, students may take one course 
during Lycoming's May Term and from one 
to two courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important 
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of 
community. Lycoming is a truly residential 
college where all students, with the exception 
of close commuters, live on campus in one of 
the College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by a 
variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 
theatre productions, participate in a nationally 




acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 
fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 19 different 
varsity sports ( 10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

Students are admitted free to productions 
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball 
and the site of its annual international 
championship. The greater metro area has a 
population of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of 
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 

• 



History 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution 
has been, at one time or another, an elemen- 
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a 
junior college and at present a four-year 
liberal arts college — going through three 
name changes in the process. Sold by an 
independent board to the Methodists (who 
bought it as a source of revenue), it is today 
an independent non-profit, private college, 
affiliated with the United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first private junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts 
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the American Indian word 
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name 
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the 
county, a township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 




The Campus 



Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35- 
acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre 
athletic field and football stadium lie a few 
blocks north of the main campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. 
An arts center was renovated and opened in 
1983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry 
Building opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in the United 
States, who made the circuit through the 
upper Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh- 
man students in a co-educational environ- 
ment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever. who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms 
and a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residence life, and buildings and grounds. 
Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most 
architecturally impressive complex on campus, 
the Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laborato- 
ries, and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the 
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library 
supports the classroom and research needs of 
the college community. An active instruction 
program promotes the use of print materials, 
web accessed academic information resources, 
and other information technologies. The 
collection includes more than 180,000 vol- 
umes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, 
and a strong reference collection suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also serves as a partial 
depository for U.S. government publications 
and houses the Lycoming College Archives 
and the archives of the Central Pennsylvania 
Conference of the United Methodist Church. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest 
comer of the first floor of the John G. Snowden 
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits 
year-round, including shows of student work. 

Information Technology Services/Computer 
Center (1969) — www.lycoming.edu/it 

Lycoming College provides at least one 
computer network access point in each class- 
room, office, and for each student on campus. 
In addition the Snowden Library and other key 
areas have wireless network access. Students 
have access to a variety of on- campus and 
worldwide resources tlirough the network. 
The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a 
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 
The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office XP (Word, 
Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 2002), 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The Graphics 
Lab utiHzes Microsoft Office, PageMaker, 
Photoshop, Quark XPress, Illustrator, 
FrontPage 2002, Macromedia Director and 
DreamWeaver. Laser printing and CD/RW 
drives are available in all labs, with scanning 
available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on the 
World Wide Web where our URL is 
www.lycoming.edu. Any student who is 
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Web site and 
common tiles. These are backed up daily. 
Academic departments maintain home pages 
and resources under the Lycoming College 
home page(s). Many faculty post departmen- 
tal home pages and communicate with their 
students by e-mail. 

Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. Students need properly configured 
computers to give them access to e-mail and 
the World Wide Web from their rooms. 

A Linux server provides access to a variety 
of different software packages to students in 
the Mathematical and Computer Sciences. 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she 
must complete the Residential Networking 
Access Account Application. ResNet is part 
of a single consolidated Technology Fee of 
$155 per semester that will cover your access 
to ResNet, cable TV and the telephone basic 
fee. Applications are available on the Web at 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resapp.htm. 
For full instructions you can also go to 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm. 



Video Conference Facility (1995) - The 

College maintains a specially equipped video- 
conference facility that provides access to 
courses, lectures and resources that would 
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part 
of a consortium of schools that uses this tech- 
nology to enhance educational opportunities. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art 
Macintosh and Windows XP graphic stations 
equipped with animation, photographic 
imaging, paint and draw programs for both 
fine arts and commercial design students, 
along with desktop publishing and a number 
of other programs for general use. Most 
programs are updated annually. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the 
George Wendle family, a College benefactor, 
this building contains 21 classrooms, the 
psychology laboratories, four computer lab- 
oratories with 75 terminals available for use, 
and spacious Pennington Lounge, an informal 
meeting place for students and faculty. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories 

(1968) — The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre, 
formerly known as the Arena Theatre until 
2000, is one of the finest in the region. It 
includes projection facilities, scene and 
costume shops, a make-up room, and a 
multiple-use area known as the Down Stage, 
where one-act experimental plays are per- 
formed. The language, business, mathemat- 
ics, and physics laboratories are situated on 
the upper floors. The Detwiler Planetarium is 
located on the ground floor. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer 
tutors during the academic year. The Center 
offers workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper 
office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science 
facilities in the East. The three-level structure 
totals more than 63,000 square feet and 
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis- 
try laboratories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, 
a science reading area and a greenhouse as 
well as classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B. 
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital 
hall, music classrooms, practice studios, an 
electronic music studio and faculty offices. 

Honors Hall 

Lycoming is refurbishing a 19th centruy 
landmark into an Honors Hall that will 
include a 1 00-seat recital hall, offices for the 
United Campus Ministry, and a small chapel. 



Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admis- 
sions House is the oldest building on the 
campus. It was first occupied by a Presbyte- 
rian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's 
home. John W. Long occupied it for the 
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick 
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 
1965 when the College made the property at 
325 Grampian Boulevard the President's 
home. The building was then converted for 
use by the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, 
when a new Fine Arts facility was completed, 
the department was relocated and the house 
was vacant until 1987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
'60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. 
Rich family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent 
Programs, College Relations, Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial 
Aid. It includes a reception area. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 

A new receational center, to be completed 
January 2004, will be a two-story 46,000 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




square foot space with room for four basket- 
ball courts. It will have a suspended indoor 
running track, an expanded weight room, and 
a new exercise and fitness area. The attached 
building will be larger than the existing 
physical education and recreation facility. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons, 
Jane Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a 
recreation area, game rooms. Jack's Corner, 
bookstore, post office, student activities 
office, Career Development Center, Counsel- 
ing Center, and student organization offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. Visit us at 
www.lycoming.edu 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacity 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SATl or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding May 
1st through December 1st. 

Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 

5) Submit two personal letters of 
recommendation. 

6) Submit a written essay. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. 
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
will not transfer. Lycoming College will 
determine which courses are appropriate for 
transfer and is under no obligation to accept 
any course. Final determination of transfer 
credit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours must 
also submit high school transcripts. 
(Official results of the SATl or ACT may 
also be required.) 



3) Submit the Transfer Student Admission 
Report. (It will be sent to you upon 
application). 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
level and up to 32 semester credits at the 
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
final 32 credits of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 24. 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 1 73 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice. Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 

Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



College is U.S. $28,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $28,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, 
please indicate it on a separate piece of 
paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SATl or ACT assessment may be 
waived. 

Readmission to the College 

All students who leave the College for one 
or more semesters must apply for readmission 
through the Office of the Registrar. Students 
will be notified by mail when readmission has 
been granted. They must then pay a deposit 
of $200 confirming their intention to re- 
matriculate in order to receive registration 
materials. Students seeking residence must 
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation 
Deposit as well as contact the Office of 
Residence Life to make arrangements to 
reserve a room. These deposits are non- 
refundable. Students who do not attend 
Lycoming College the term for which 
readmittance is granted will be required to 
complete another readmission application 
when they desire to return. Students who 
return to the College after no more than one 
academic year has passed may retain the same 
requirements in effect at the initial date of 
entrance. After one year, students will be 
required to complete the requirements 
currently imposed upon other students of the 
same academic level. 

Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1st, or by 
December 1st for the following spring 



semester by submitting the appropriate 
deposit. New commuting students are 
required to submit a $200 Confirmation 
Deposit. New resident students are required 
to submit the $200 Confirmation Deposit, as 
well as a $100 Room Reservation Deposit. 
Admitted international applicants are required 
to submit all applicable deposits prior to the 
issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1 st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1 St for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

All new students are required to attend one 
of three summer orientation sessions with at 
least one parent before they enroll in the fall. 
The purpose of the program is to acquaint the 
new students and their parent(s) more fully 
with the College so that they can begin their 
Lycoming experience under the most favorable 
circumstances. Students will take placement 
tests, meet their academic advisor, and register 
for fall classes. Information on orientation is 
mailed to new students after they confirm their 
intention to enroll. 

Withdrawal of Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 

Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
admissions counselor, who will provide 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS 




additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
Washington Boulevard and College Place. 
For an appointment, telephone 1-800-345- 
3920, ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the 
Office of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Williamsport, PA 17701, or visit 
www.iycoming.edu/admiss/scheduli2.htm 

Office hours are: 
Weelcdays 

September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays 

September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 

12:00 noon 

May through August: appointments by request. 



Financial Matters 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2003-2004 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The 
fees for each semester are payable approximately 
two weeks prior to the start of classes for the 
semester as indicated on the semester bill. 



Fees 

Tuition 
Room Rent 
Board 
Total 



Per Semester 

$10,544.00 
$1,502.00 
$1,431.00 

$13,477.00 



Per Year 

$21,088.00 
$3,004.00 
$2,862.00 

$26,954.00 



One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $2,636 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee per year $125 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $250 

Technology Fee (resident students) 

(per semester) $155 

Cap and Gown prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course .. $10 to $100 

Parking Pennit $60/120 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $4* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge 

of $601 per semester. 
The tuition covers the regular course load of 
twelve to sixteen credits each semester excluding 
band, choir, theater practica and all scholars' 
seminars. Any credits over 16 will be charged at 
a rate of $659 per credit. Resident students must 
board at the College unless, for extraordinary 
reasons, authorization is extended for other 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



eating arrangements. If a double room is used as 
a single room, there is an additional charge of 
$601 per semester. The estimated cost for 
books and supplies is up to $800 per year, 
depending on the course of study. Special 
session (May Term and Summer Session) 
charges for tuition, room, and board are 
established during the fall semester. 
*$4 for first copy; Sffor each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled full-time students. No tran- 
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus 
whose financial obligation to the college has 
not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 
Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All 
full-time students who have been notified of 
their admission to Lycoming College are 
required to make a $200 Confirmation Deposit 
to confirm their intention to matriculate. The 
Deposit is held until Graduation or upon 
written notification submitted to the 
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to 
the start of each semester. Any remaining 
deposit balance will be refunded after all 
financial obligations to the College have been 
satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 

Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva- 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the official 
withdrawal date is not later than May 1 . 
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or 
to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the fall 
semester bill. 



Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with the 
College Bursar for the monthly payment of 
College fees through various educational plans. 
Additional information may be obtained from 
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Associate Dean of the College or the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of 
calculating refunds shall be: the date, as 
detennined by the institution, the student 
began the withdrawal process or provided 
official notification to the institution of his or 
her intent to withdraw; the midpoint of the 
payment period or period of enrollment if the 
student dropped out without notifying the 
institution; or the date, as determined by the 
institution, that the student withdrew due to 
illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and 
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the following 
schedule: 





Refund 


Charge 


During Week 1 


90% 


10% 


During Week 2 


85% 


15% 


During Week 3 


80% 


20% 


During Week 4 


70% 


30% 


During Week 5 


65% 


35% 


During Week 6 


60% 


40% 


During Week 7 


50% 


50% 


During Week 8 


45% 


55% 


During Week 9 


40% 


60% 


After 9th Week 


0% 


100% 



Comparative schedules apply to the May and 
Summer terms. 

The U. S. Department of Education 
requires that, for any student receiving federal 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



financial aid, the federal programs be re- 
funded IN FULL in the following order: 
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Subsi- 
dized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Perkins 
Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell 
Grants, FSEOGs, other SFA Programs, and 
other federal, state, private, or institutional 
sources of aid prior to any refund being issued 
to the student. See Federal Funds Withdrawal 
Policy for further explanation on return of 
Federal Funds. State Grant programs have 
varying regulations concerning refunds, but 
most will require at least a partial refund of 
the State Grant. If the student has received a 
Lycoming Grant, a pro-rated portion of the 
student's refiind also will be repaid to the 
Lycoming Grant program. This will reduce, 
or in many cases eliminate, the amount of the 
refund the student otherwise would receive. 
Detailed examples are available from the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Full-time students who, after reducing 
their course loads, continue to be enrolled for 
12 to 16 semester hours are not eligible for a 
refund of tuition for an individual course. 
Students who register for extra hours in 
excess of 16 hours per semester and who later 
reduce their loads will be refunded the fee 
charged for overloads according to the above 
schedules. Students who enroll full-time and 
subsequently assume part-time status by 
reducing their loads below 12 hours, and part- 
time students who drop individual courses, 
will be refunded according to the above 
schedules for the semester hours dropped. 
The assumption of part-time status nonnally 
involves a substantial reduction of financial 
aid since most financial aid programs do not 
extend eligibility to part-time students. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
unpaid charges. Any balance remaining will 
be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until account is paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 



FEDERAL FUNDS WITHDRAWAL POLICY 

Definitions 

Earned Title IV Funds: Title IV funds used 
to cover educational costs according to the 
length of time the student was enrolled before 
with-drawing. The amount of flinds earned is 
directly proportional to the time enrolled, 
through 60% of the term. After 60%, the 
student is considered to have earned all aid. 
The earned Title IV funds percentage is 
calculated by dividing the number of days 
completed up to the withdrawal date by the 
total days in the billing period. 
Unearned Title IV Funds: The amount of grant 
and loan assistance awarded under Title IV that 
has not been earned by the student. The law 
states the earned Title IV funds are to be used 
to cover the length of time the student was 
enrolled before withdrawing. Unearned Title 
IV funds must be returned to the programs. The 
unearned Title IV funds percentage is deter- 
mined by subtracting the earned Title IV funds 
percentage from 100%. To calculate the amount 
of unearned Title IV fijnds, multiply total 
disbursed federal financial aid (3) by the 
unearned Title IV funds refund percentage. 
Withdraw date: The date the student began 
the withdrawal process; the date the student 
otherwise provided the school with official 
notification of the intent to withdraw; or for the 
student who does not begin the school's 
withdrawal process or notify the school of the 
intent to withdraw, the mid-point of the 
payment period or period of enrollment for 
which Title IV assistance was disbursed (unless 
the institution can document a later date). 

The responsibility to repay unearned Title 
IV funds is shared by the college and the 
student. The college's share is the lesser of: 
the total amount of unearned Title IV funds; or 
Institutional charges incurred for the billing 
period multiplied by the percentage of aid that 
was unearned: 

1 . Stafford, PLUS and Perkins loans. Pell Grant 
and SEOG 

2. A student is not eligible for a Title IV refund 
if he or she receives an "incomplete" status 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



for coursework that can be, and is expected 
to be completed within a reasonable time- 
frame after the end of the billing period. 
Please refer to the college catalog for 
"incomplete" coursework deadlines. 
3. Total disbursed federal financial aid 
includes aid that was disbursed and aid that 
could have been disbursed as of the 
student's withdrawal date. 
The student's share is the difference 
between the unearned Title IV funds and the 
college's share. The college's share is allo- 
cated among the Title IV programs in the 
following order of return: 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal PERKINS Loan 

Federal PLUS Loan 

Federal Pell Grant 

Federal SEOG 

Other Title IV assistance for which a return 

of funds is required 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses in 
a new semester if their accounts for previous 
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas, 
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals 
in good standing are issued only when a satis- 
factory settlement of all financial obligations 
has been made in the Treasurer's Office. Final 
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid 
student accounts will be charged interest at the 
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end 
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. While 
some assistance is available to students regard- 
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary 
purpose of the College's financial aid program 
is to help qualified students of limited 
financial resources attend Lycoming College. 



Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of 
merit and/or need, while grants are provided 
solely on the basis of financial need. Long- 
term educational loans with favorable interest 
rates and repayment terms are available, as are 
part-time employment opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
income information becomes available, but by 
April 15. Although applications may be filed 
later, applicants can only receive consideration 
for remaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, students ! 
and families must complete the following steps 
for each year the student seeks assistance: 

1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming j 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). ' 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

2. The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal income 
tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1040PC, 
TeleFile). including W-2 forms, be sent to 
the Financial Aid Office. The tax returns 
required are for the year preceding the 
academic year in which the student seeks 
assistance. 

3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica- 
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). ; 
Returning students should submit the i 
Renewal FAFSA. \ 

4. PA residents can apply for state grant j 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- ' 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if j 
additional forms must be filed. 

Basic eligibility requirements for all federal 
programs are listed on the FAFSA application, i 
Students are responsible for understanding the ' 
basic eligibility requirements. 

Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less than 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



full-time tuition. Credit is earned for some 
courses which are offered at no charge, includ- 
ing choir, band, theatre practica and all scholar 
seminars. Therefore, these credits would not 
be counted in the full-time tuition calculation. 
For financial aid purposes, a full-time student 
is enrolled in 12-16 billable semester hours. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 1 0th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 27). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue to 
receive financial assistance only if the student 
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and 
quantitative (credits completed) requirements 
listed below. 



of Sem. 


Min. Cum. GPA 


Min. Cr. Comp 


1 


1.50 


10 


2 


1.60 


20 


3 


1.70 


34 


4 


2.00 


48 


5 


2.00 


61 


6 


2.00 


74 


7 


2.00 


88 


8 


2.00 


102 


9 


2.00 


115 


10 


2.00 


128 



Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail 
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require- 
ment will be placed on financial aid probation. 
This allows one additional semester of course 
work to bring the academic record up to min- 
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min- 
imum after the probation period will result in a 
suspension of all (federal, state, and institu- 
tional) financial aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is measured 
annually and cumulatively by the Office of 
Financial Aid. Official notification of probation 
or suspension is made by the Office of Financial 
Aid. Students wishing to appeal his or her 
suspension of aid, and who have legitimate 
reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must put their 
request in writing to the Director of Financial 
Aid at least four weeks prior to the start of the 
semester for which the exception is sought. 
Students placed on Financial Aid Probation for 
a period of two (2) consecutive semesters, and 
who have therefore been granted an appeal after 
the first probation semester, are prohibited from 
future appeals. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester of 
probation, eligibility for financial assistance will 
be cancelled automatically. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
determining eligibility for financial assistance 
and has absolutely no bearing on any determina- 
tion made by the Registrar and/or the Commit- 
tee on Academic Standards. 

College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing 
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholar- 
ships, grants and institutional loans. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to students 
to help meet their documented financial need. 
Renewal requires continued financial need as 
determined by Federal Methodology and/ or the 
financial aid director. Students should expect 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



the Grant award to remain constant for each 
semester they are enrolled. 
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25% 

tuition are awarded to students preparing for 
the Christian ministry. Students must complete 
a pre-ministerial grant application available 
through the financial aid office. Students 
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other 
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Federal Grants 

Fell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
excep-tional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. Funds 
are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. 
Non-PA residents should contact the State 
Grant Agency in their home state for avail- 
ability of funds to students attending out-of- 
state colleges. 



Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan 

allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum 
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may 
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually. 
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to a 
maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal 
government pays the interest while the student 
is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. The | 
student begins to repay the loan (interest and | 
principal) 6 months after leaving school. The I 
interest rate for new borrowers is variable based : 
on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 
8.25%. The rate is adjusted every July 1. Loan 
amounts are prorated for less than full-time 
students. Eligibility is based on financial 
need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not 
quality for the maximum amount of subsidized 
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount | 
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub- 
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the 
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled 
(check with your lender to see if interest 
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of 
the loan are similar to those under the Subsi- 
dized program. Independent students may be 
eligible for higher loan limits; contact the 
Financial Aid Office for more information. ; 
Federal Perkins Loan (foiTnerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum simple 
interest on the unpaid balance, over a period 
beginning nine months after the date on which 
the borrower ceases to be enrolled at least half- 1 
time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to the 
cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the student is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped at 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

» 



9%. The interest rate is determined every July 
1 and is equal to the bond equivalent rate of 
52-week T-Bill plus 3.1%. An application is 
available at your bank or other lending 
institution. 

Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on 
campus for qualified students. Students 
receive pay-checks for work performed in the 
previous pay period. Based on documented 
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office. 
Funding is limited. The student assumes full 
responsibility in locating a job. Returning 
students who wish to work the following year 
must have their name submitted to the 
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor 
before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is 
limited. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of the 
College for information on these opportuni- 
ties. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children 
of deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 



Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of the Tuition 
Exchange Program. This program is for 
dependent students of employees at participating 
institutions of higher education. Students should 
contact the Tuition Exchange officer at their 
sponsor institution for information regarding this 
sponsorship. Students are expected to apply for 
all federal and state grants. If the student 
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts 
may be applied toward room and board charges 
if the student resides in the dorms. If the 
student commutes, the grant amount is equal to 
tuition less federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and who 
are active, full members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Nonnally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the 
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded 
to the neediest students. The funds are 
provided by the United Methodist Church. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA 
of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through ; 
variety of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling and Wellness Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Intramural Sports, Recreation, 
and Leisure Time Activity 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 
identify their abilities and interests, set 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningfiil connections | 

between college and career is a goal of the 
Career Development Center. The CDC is 
located on the 3rd Floor of Wertz Student 
Center, www.lycoming.edu./cdc : 

Counseling & Wellness Services 

Counseling Services assist students to ensure 
that their college experience is prosperous and 
rewarding. Professional, confidential services 
are provided at no direct charge to Lycoming 
students. Counseling Services are designed to 
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as to 
provide support for students' adjustment and 
transition to college life. Counseling Services 
also provide advocacy to individual students 
and student organizations, and they conduct 
outreach programs for the entire college 
community. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services focuses 
on the holistic care of the individual, health 
maintenance, and wellness through health 
education and prevention of illness. Educa- 
tional materials and instructional programs are 
available through the Student Health Services. 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:30 a.m. -4:00 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on a 
limited daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the recom- 
mendations of the American College Health 
Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania 
Department of Health, and the Centers for 
Disease Control (CDC). 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



Community Service 

Community Service is an learning opportu- 
nity for students accomplished in conjunction 
with various agencies in the Williamsport area 
or college departments. This activity allows 
students to expand their knowledge about 
diverse individuals and communities. The 
outcome of such service promotes students' 
personal and social development as well as 
giving them an enhanced perspective of civic 
responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center, located in 
Asbury Hall, coordinates many service opportu- 
nities available to students, faculty, and staff in 
the greater Williamsport area. A number of 
the community service projects include Big 
Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for Humanity, the 
Literacy Project, a school tutoring program. 
Best Buddies, Adopt-A-Highway, Bloodmo- 
bile, Shephard of the Streets, and 
the CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a living/ 
learning environment to help each resident 
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming 
College requires all full-time students to live 
in college housing and participate in the 
college board plan each semester of the 
academic year that they are enrolled. Married 
students, students residing with their parents 
within a 40 mile radius, students living with 
their dependents, and students 23 years or 
older may request to be exempted from this 
policy. Such requests should be submitted in 
writing to the Dean of Student Affairs at least 
three weeks prior to the beginning of the 
semester that students are requesting pemiis- 
sion to live off campus. We do not provide 
housing for students who have dependent 
children living with them. 



Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportunities 
for participation. Through programs, leadership 
opportunities, and peer interactions, residents 
gain a sense of belonging to the campus 
community, acquire new knowledge and skills, 
have easy access to College services, make 
informed choices, and assume responsibility 
for themselves and their community. 

The residence halls are staffed with 
upperclass students who serve as Resident 
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of 
leadership skills. RAs provide information, 
refer students to campus and local resources, 
help enforce College and community stan- 
dards, use helping skills for students in need, 
and facilitate educational and social programs. 
Most importantly, RAs assist residents in the 
development and maintenance of strong, 
positive residence hall communities. With the 
guidance and support of Residence Life staff, 
each resident is expected to become involved in 
promoting a positive learning environment in his 
or her community . 

Several different living options are 
available for students in our eight residence 
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co- 
educational environment encouraging students 
to develop class identity and unity. The six 
upperclass halls offer opportunities for co- 
educational housing, an all female hall, 
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a 
substance free area, and smoking environments. 
College Apartments are available to sopho- 
mores, juniors and seniors who meet specific 
grade requirements and who are in good 
disciplinary standing with the College. 
Additional infonnation is sent to students 
following their acceptance by the College. 

Athletics 

Athletics is an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and women 
student-athletes. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Men can choose from football, soccer, cross 
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse, 
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women 
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse, 
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball, 
tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach 
volleyball, flag football, and soccer. 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered Campus 
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular 
programming is offered to the entire college 
community. CAB programming is designed 
to enhance the overall educational experience 
of students through the exposure to social, 
cultural, and recreational programs. Members 
of the staff in Student Activities also direct 
leadership training programs for the student 
government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook, 
and all registered student organizations. 

Religious Life 

The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The campus ministers are an integral part of 
campus life and are available to students who 
may need support, counsel, or direction. 



Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment 
of these goals. Students are expected to 
adhere to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Housing License in order to 
familiarize themselves with the policies 
governing student conduct. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 




Academic Policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies 
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so 
does not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is orga- 
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental 
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning 
that each course taken is considered to be 
equivalent to four semester hours of credit. 
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre 
practicum courses, which are offered for either 
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in 
departments that have elected to offer certain 
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three 
semester hours of credit. Furthermore, 
independent studies and internships carrying 
two semester hours of credit may be designed. 



The normal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when 
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses, 
or the equivalent, during the fall or spring 
semesters, one unit course, or the equivalent, 
for the May term, and two unit courses for 
each of the summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were 
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the 
previous semester. There will be an additional 
charge. (See page 13.) Exceptions may be 
granted by the Dean of the College. Over- 
loads are not permitted during the May and 
summer temis. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official tran- 
scripts only. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours), and 16 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic department 
will determine which tests they will accept 
and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam- 
inations may be taken after matriculation, new 
students who are competent in a given area are 
encouraged to take the examination of their 
choice before entering Lycoming so that the 
college will have the test scores available for 
registration advising for the first semester of 
enrollment. Students applying to the college 
for the first time should inform the Admis- 



sions Office that they have completed these 
tests and provide the official scores as part of 
their application packet. Continuing students 
must send official test scores to the Office of 
the Registrar and inform their academic 
advisors when examinations have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board i 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most 1 
cases, a score of four is required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and have 
scores of five or above on the higher level 
examinations will be granted 32 credit hours; | 
specific courses will be based on the examina- ' 
tions taken. Students who complete the full 
diploma but earn less than a score of five on 
all of the higher level examinations will be 
granted eight credits for each higher level 
examination completed with a grade of five or 
higher and four credits for a satisfactory or 
higher completion of the Theory of Knowl- 
edge requirement. Students who have 
completed the certificate will be granted credit 
based on the examinations taken. Subsidiary 
examinations will not be considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of "B" 
or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College 
policy on student records and the procedures 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



for gaining access to student records are 
contained in the current issue of the Student 
Handbook, which is available in the library and 
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students select 
their courses for the next semester and register 
their course selections in the Office of the 
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult- 
ation with the student's faculty advisor in order 
to insure that the course schedule is consistent 
with College requirements and student goals. 
After the registration period, any change in the 
student's course schedule must be approved by 
both the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for 
courses in which they are not formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
may drop any course without any record of 
such enrollment appearing on their permanent 
record, and they may add any course that is 
not closed. The pennanent record will reflect 
the student's registration as of the conclusion 
of the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
withdraw from a course between the fifth day 
and the 9th week of classes must process a 
withdrawal form in the Office of the Regis- 
trar. Withdrawal grades are not computed in 
the grade point average. Students may not 
withdraw from courses after the 9th week of a 
semester and the comparable period during the 
May and summer terms. Students who stop 
attending a course (or courses) but do not 
withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 

In zero semester hour and two semester hour 
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last 
half of any semester, students may drop/add for 
a period of five days, effective with the mid- 
term date shown on the academic calendar. 
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester 
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur 
within 4-1/2 weeks of the beginning of the 
course. It is understood that the period of time 



at the beginning of the semester will be 
identical, for example, a period of five days as 
indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-time in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer I and II. It is not available for 
May Term. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree 
at Lycoming College may, if space permits, 
register for credit or audit courses on either a 
part-time or full-time basis. Students who 
register for less than 1 2 semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled full-time and must 
pay the $200 contingency fee. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses ( 1 6 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the College 
to continue study on a non-degree basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register individuals who 
do not meet the standards of the College. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycoming 
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of 
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may 
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no 
additional charge. Laboratory and other special 
fees must be paid in ftill. Examinations, papers, 
and other evaluation devices are not required 
of auditors, but individual arrangements may be 
made to complete such exercises with consent 
of the instructor. The option to audit a course 
must be declared by the end of the drop/add 
period. Forms are available in the Registrar's 
Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 
that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
Seepage 14 for details. 



GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional 
letter symbols. These symbols and their 
definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA. 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through 
the ninth week of the semester. 

Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except 
for A+, F+, or F- ) at the discretion of the 
instnictor. The cumulative grade point average 
(GPA) is calculated by multiplying quality 
points by credits 
and dividing the 
total quality 
points by the 
total credits. A 
quality point is 
the unit of 
measurement of 
the quality of 
work done by 
the student. The 
cumulative GPA 
is not deter- 
mined by 
averaging 
semester GPA's. 

The grade 

point average for the major is calculated in 
the same way as the cumulative grade point 
average. A minimum of 2.00 is required for 
the cumulative grade point average in the 
major to meet the requirements for gradua- 
tion. 

Pass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
ENGL 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester 
and in no more than four unit courses 
during their undergraduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 
requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which 
are offered by other departments. 
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted 
from this limitation.) 





Qi 


lalitv Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 




4.00 


A- 




3.67 


B+ 




3.33 


B 




3.00 


B- 




2.67 


C+ 




2.33 


C 




2.00 


C- 




1.67 


D+ 




1.33 


D 




1.00 


D- 




0.67 


F 




0.00 



• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward ftilfiUment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate a 
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
grade point average. If a student selects P/F 
(with no designated minimum acceptance 
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will 
be recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the pemianent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted 
to an "F.'' 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received a 
passing grade in addition to those which they 
have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade 
Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsi- 
bility that falls within the professional judgment 
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades 
assess as accurately as possible a student's 
performance according to clear criteria provided 
in the course such as academic performance, 
class attendance, and punctuality in submitting 
assignments. Student appeals of the final course 
grade must follow the three-step procedure 
outlined below. 

( 1 ) Within two weeks of the beginning of the 
semester following the conclusion of the 
course, the student should request an 
informal conference with the instructor to 
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve 
the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another faculty 
member in the department in instances 
involving the chairperson) within two 
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The 
student's request must include a written 
statement outlining the basis for the 
appeal. It is the function of the chairperson 
to determine the relevant facts and to 
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The 
decision regarding the course grade in 



question will be made by the instructor in 
consultation with the chairperson (or his/ 
her stand-in). The student will receive 
from the department chairperson written 
notification of the decision within one 
week of the meeting with the chairperson. 
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the depart- 
ment chairperson's written notification. In 
order to resolve the disagreement, the 
Dean will confer with the student and the 
instructor in private sessions, and may call 
additional witnesses. If the Dean is unable 
to accomplish a resolution, s/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards, which will make a 
final decision on the matter. The Dean will 
communicate in writing to the student and 
the instructor the final decision within 
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is 
the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid infomia- 
tion. 



Year Semester 



Freshman 



Sophomore 



Junior 



Senior 



Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Fewer than 12 

At least 1 2 but fewer than 24 
At least 24 but fewer than 40 
At least 40 but fewer than 56 
At least 56 but fewer than 76 
At least 76 but fewer than 96 
At least 96 but fewer than 1 12 
More than 112 



ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Minimum 
Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

fewer than or equal to 16 1 .70 

more than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .80 
more than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90 
more than 48 2.00 

Probation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
good academic standing at the end of one 
semester will be placed on academic probation. 
Students on academic probation are required 
to pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, 
if they have not already done so and are 
encouraged to attend programs developed by 
the Freshman and Sophomore deans. 

Suspension 

Students will be subject to suspension from 
the College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is 
below good standing for any two 
semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 
or under in any one semester. 

The period of suspension will be for a mini- 
mum of one full semester, not including May 
term or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from the 
College when: 

• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 



W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which 
the student fails to meet the academic standards 
listed above. The student will be notified of 
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such 
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's 
being placed on probation, suspension, or 
dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases of 
the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for the 
adjudication of cases of academic dishonesty are 
printed in The Faculty Handbook and 77?^ 
Pathfinder (the student academic handbook), 
copies of which are available in the library. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 
Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

surmna cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon 

Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards two different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to 
do so, multiple degrees are possible. Candi- 
dates for multiple degrees must satisfy all 
requirements for each degree and earn a 
minimum of 40 units (160 semester hours). 
Students who have completed fewer than 40 
units but more than 32 units (128 semester 
hours), and who have completed all other 
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees 
from Lycoming College will receive only one 
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the 
degree to be conferred. Completed majors 
will be posted to the transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2003-2004 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be 
subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have 
attained the same academic level. 

Students already possessing a baccalaure- 
ate degree who are returning for a second 
degree will be reviewed on an individiual 
basis by the Registrar and major department. 
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to 
the current catalog, must complete all major 
requirements and related prerequisites, and 
may be required to complete the distribution 
requirements. This does not apply to non- 
degree students in certificate-only programs. 

Students must complete the final 32 
semester hours of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester 
hours in the major program must be taken at 
Lycoming. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



If a student interrupts his or her education 
but returns to the College after no more than 
one academic year has passed, he/she will 
retain the same requirements in effect at the 
initial date of entrance. A student who 
withdraws from the College for more than one 
year will, upon return, be required to complete 
the requirements currently imposed upon other 
students of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies five official 
graduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas 
are awarded when all materials confirming the 
completion of the graduation requirements 
have been received and approved by the 
Registrar's Office at least five days prior to the 
date of graduation. Degrees are awarded at 
the following times: January 1 for those who 
complete requirements between September 1 
and the end of the Fall semester; May 
Commencement date for those who complete 
requirements between January 1 and the end 
of the Spring semester; May term for those 
who complete requirements during May term; 
Summer I for those who compleete require- 
ments during Summer I; Summer II for those 
who complete requirements during Summer II. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
occurs in May. Students will be permitted to 
participate in the ceremony when (a) they have 
finished all degree requirements as of the 
preceding January 1 . have finished all require- 
ments as of the May date, or have a plan 
approved by the Registrar for finishing during 
May term or the Summer sessions; and (b) they 
are in good academic standing at the conclu- 
sion of their last semester prior to the cer- 
emony. 
The College will graduate any student who 
has completed the distribution program, 
fulfilled the requirements for one major, 
earned a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) and met all other requirements for 
graduation. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
and/or policies listed in this Catalog must 



be made by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 

THE BACCALAUREATE 
DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 
Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Military Science 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may 
satisfy this requirement. 

• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 128 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is avail- 
able to students majoring in Biology, Chemis- 
try, or Computer Science. Students may elect 
either the B.A. or the B.S. degree in these 
majors. The B.S. degree is appropriate for 
students planning further education in a 
graduate or professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistry, or Computer Science as 
described on page 68, 81 and 118 respec- 
tively. Students must pass every course 
required for the major and have a minimum 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic 
Training courses or Military Science Oil, 
02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 may satisfy this requirement. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average of 
2.00. Additional credits beyond 128 semestei 
hours may be completed provided that the 
minimum 2.00 cumulative average is 
maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
fiilfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 26 for an explanation of the 
grading system.) No more than two courses 
used to satisfy the distribution requirements 
may be selected from the same department, 
except for ENGL 105 and 106 or 107 and 
Foreign Language courses numbered below 
222. This means that in English, Foreign 
Languages literatures, and Theatre care must be 
taken to comply with this rule. 

A course in any of the following distribu- 
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course 
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an ap- 
proved off-campus program (such as those 
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERA- 
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS) or any approved course trans- 
ferred from another institution. 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 4 1 . For information 
: regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24. 

A. English - Students are required to pass 

' ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of 
I the college's placement examination, and 
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL 106 
or 1 07 must be taken during the freshman year 
unless the student does not successfully 
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 114, 135, 136, 137, 138, 145, 148, 
212,235,236,332,333,335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, Gennan, Greek, 

, Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 
exempted on the basis of placement, and a 
course numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
four courses from History, Literature (English, 
(Foreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso- 
phy, and/or Religion. At least one course 
must be successfiilly completed in 3 of the 4 

I disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
|demonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
ito pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
.MATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128, 129, 130, 
i214, or 216. The requirement of competence 
'in basic algebra must be met before the end of 
ithe fourth semester or within one year of 
entry, whichever is later. Students that have 
not met this competency requirement before 
the final semester of the applicable time 
period must register for MATH 100 in that 
semester. 

New students take the mathematics 
placement examination determined by the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a 



new-student orientation session. Those who 
do not pass this exam may take home a 
computerized study guide and take another 
exam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
College, a student may satisfy the basic 
algebra competence requirement by successful 
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of 
an approved course transferred from another 
college, or by passing a competence examina- 
tion administered by the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may 
take this examination only once during a 
semester and may be subject to a testing fee. 
No student will be permitted to take this 
examination while enrolled in MATH 100. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are 
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this 
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of 
the other general education requirements in 
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the 
cultural diversity requirement by successfully 
completing at least one full-time semester (12 
semester hours) in a college-accepted study 
abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
will be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 

ART ART 222, 339 

BUSINESS BUS 244, 319 

ENGLISH ENGL 334 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S STUDIES 



FRN 228 
GERM 221, 222 
HIST 120, 140,220 
230,240 

MUSI 16, 128,234 
PSC1221,327, 340 
PSY 341 
REL 110,224, 
225, 226, 228 
SOC 229, 331,334, 
335,336,337 
SPAN 221, 222, 311 
THEA 114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST 200 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1 ) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course. 

2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 



• Successfiil completion of ENGL 106 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. All 
three cannot carry the same course- 
number prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL, 
ACCT, etc.). 

III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which course 
are offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 224, 442 

AM ERIC AN STUDIES HIST443 
ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTUREOF ANCIENT 



NEAR EAST 
ART 

333,334,336,339 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 
BUSINESS 

441 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 



ART 222 

ART222,223,331, 

ASTR230 
BIO 222, 224 
BUS 340,342,344, 



CHEM 330,33 1,332 
COMM 2 11,326, 
332, 440 

COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246, 247, 
346, 448 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION 

ENGLISH 
FRENCH 
GERMAN 



CJ 447, PHIL 218, 

SOC 222 

ECON 236, 337, 440 

EDUC 239, 343, 

344, 447 

ENGL 225, 33 1,336 

FRN 222 

GERM 431, 441 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



HISTORY 

330,332,335,443, 
449 

INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 
PHILOSOPHY 

219,301,332,333, 
334,335,336,340 
PHYSICS 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 
PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 



H1ST2 18,230,247, 

INST 449 

MATH 234 

MUS336 
PHIL216,217,218, 



PHYS 338,447 
PSCI 210, 334,400 
PSY225, 324, 431, 
432, 436 

REL 230, 331,337 
SOC 222, 228, 229, 
230,331 
SPAN 323,418, 
424, 426 
THEA212, 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

I. Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of course work selected from the 
I following: 

I 1 . Designated physical activities courses, 
j 2. Designated varsity athletics, 
I 3. Designated wellness courses, 
j 4. Designated community service projects, 
5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

I The Major 

I Students are required to complete a series of 
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary 
(established or individual) major. Specific 
course requirements for each major offered by 



the College are listed in the curriculum section 
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or 
higher cumulative grade point average in the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Office of the Registrar, whereas 
individual interdisciplinary majors must be 
approved by the Committee on Curriculum 
Development. Students may complete more 
than one major, each of which will be recorded 
on the transcript. Students may be removed 
from major status if they are not making 
satisfactory progress in their major. This 
action is taken by the Dean of the College upon 
the recommendation of the department, 
coordinating committee (for established 
interdisciplinary majors), or Curriculum 
Development Committee (for individual 
interdisciplinary majors). The decision of the 
Dean of the College may be appealed to the 
Committee on Academic Standards by the 
student involved or by the recommending 
department or committee. Students pursuing 
majors in two different degrees are subject to 
the policy for dual degrees on page 30. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established interdisciplinary 
majors include course work in two or more 
departments: 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

International Studies 

Literature 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which 
combine course work in more than one depart- 
ment. These majors are developed in consul- 
tation with students' faculty advisors and with 
a panel of faculty members from each of the 
sponsoring departments. The applications are 
acted upon by the Curriculum Development 
Committee. The major normally consists of at 
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the 
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses 
used to satisfy distribution requirements may 
be included in the major. Examples of 
individual interdisciplinary majors are: Legal 
Studies, Women and the Legal System, and 
Religion and Marketing. Applications are 
available in the Office of the Registrar. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 



• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's 
major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major discipline 
is Art and the minor is Art History, their 
major is Biology and the minor is Environ- 
mental Science, or their major is Religion 
and the minor is Biblical Languages. (A 
discipline is any course of study in which a 
student can major. Tracks within majors arei 
not separate disciplines.) 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
signatures, and returning the completed form 
to the Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Students must meet the requirements for the 
minor which are in effect at the time they 
declare a minor or which are in effect subse- 
quent to that time before they graduate. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 
following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG! 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General Management 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre History and Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 



plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE 
ANCIENT NEAR EAST, BIBLICAL LAN- 
GUAGES, and WOMEN'S STUDIES 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes- 
sional Advising" in The Advising Program 
section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for fiature teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College 
Teacher Education Certificate requirements. 
Students can be certified in elementary, second- 
ary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, general 
science, mathematics, physics, social sciences), 
K-I2 (art, foreign languages, music), and 
special education (cognitive, behavior and 
physical/health disabilities). All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. For 
more detailed information, see the Education 
Department listing on page 98. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo- 
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine; 
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around 
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of 
subject matter from the humanities, social 
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of 
undergraduate study is recommended before 
entry into a professional school; the normal 
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester (see page 44). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary 
major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 
recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC) 
during their first semester (see page 45). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English, 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi- 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations (see page 45). 

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 
talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities 
of other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 
the cooperative programs, admission to 
Lycoming and registration in the program of 
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
students to the cooperative aspect of the 
program rests with the cooperating institution. 
Students who are interested in a cooperative 
program should contact the coordinator during 
the first week of the first semester of their 
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
plan their course programs in a manner that 
will ensure completion of required courses 
according to the schedule stipulated for the 
program. All cooperative programs require 
special coordination of course scheduling at 
Lycoming. 

Engineering — Combining the advantages of 
a liberal arts education and the technical train- 
ing of an engineering curriculum, this program 
is offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva- 
nia State University and Washington Univer- 
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years 
of study at Lycoming and two years at the 
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory 
completion of the first year of engineering 
studies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts 
degree. When students successfully complete 
the second year of engineering studies, the 
cooperating university awards a Bachelor of 
Science degree in engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



nia State University offers aerospace, agricul- 
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, 
electrical, engineering science, industrial, 
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering. 
Similar offerings are available at Washington 
University at St. Louis. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and master 
degrees in five years, spending three years at 
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All 
Lycoming distribution and major requirements 
must be completed by the end of the junior 
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by 
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional 
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
An undergraduate major in one of the natural 
sciences, social sciences, or business may 
provide good preparation for the programs at 
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate 
concentration will be considered for admission. 
All students need at least two courses each in 
biology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
month session of field work in natural resource 
management. They must complete a total of 
48 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
uate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate 



work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science program followed by a clinical 
internship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 
electing the cooperative program normally 
study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution require- 
ments, a major, and requirements of the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current 
requirements of the NAACLS are: four 
courses in chemistry (one of which must be 
either organic or biochemistry); four courses 
in biology (including courses in microbiology 
and immunology), and one course in 
mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226). and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine 
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer, 
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at 
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology 
and chemistry successfully completed during 
the clinical internship. Successful completion 
of the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 



20().V()4 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming must 
complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years at 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another 
college of optometry to matriculate following 
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro- 
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming 
College, the student will complete 24 unit 
courses, including all distribution require- 
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes- 
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation 
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. 
During the first year of study at the Pennsylva- 
nia College of Optometry, the student will 
take 39 semester hours of basic science 
courses in addition to introductions to optom- 
etry and health care. Successful completion of 
the first year of professional training will 
complete the course requirements for the B.A. 
degree at Lycoming College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 



Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- j 
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program , 
provides an opportunity for students to I 

qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students must 
successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podiatry. 
Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. j 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete 
a modified major which will exempt them 
from two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) 
and Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in Army R.O.T.C. 
Lycoming notes enrollment in and successful 
completion of the program on student tran- 
scripts. Military Science is a four-year 
program divided into a basic course given 
during the freshman and sophomore years and 
an advanced course given during the junior 
and senior years. Students who have not 
completed the basic course may qualify for the 
advanced course by completing summer camp 
between the sophomore and junior years. 
Students enrolled in the advanced course 
receive a monthly, non-taxable stipend of 
$ 1 .000. One course each in written communi- 
cation, computer proficiency, and military 
history will fulfill the professional military 
education requirements. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer camp 
between the junior and senior years will qualify 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 
the United States Army upon graduation, and 
will incur a service obligation in the active 
Army or Anny Reserves. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 
The Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth 
course each semester at no additional cost, in 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 



Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 
account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In addi- 
tion, the following distribution requirements 
must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs 

A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 1 17, 160 or higher; Theatre: 
THEA 1 14 or higher, excluding THEA 135, 
136, 137, 138, or 148; Creative Writing: 
ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 412, 441 or 442; 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Literature: Any English Literature course 
(except ENGL 215) and the Hterature courses 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (French, German, or Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required 
to pass a course in French, Gennan, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. 
Placement at the appropriate course level will 
be determined by the faculty of the Department 
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars 
who have completed two or more years of a 
given language in high school are not admitted 
for credit to the elementary course in the same 
foreign language except by written permission 
of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass 
four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English 
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French, 
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course 
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course 
numbered 222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least 
a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 106, 109, 
1 12, 123 or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 214 or 
216. 

F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratory courses from the 
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course 
numbered 1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course 
numbered 1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any 
course numbered 1 1 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Eco- 
nomics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 
or higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 1 0, 220, 
229, 300 or higher. 



H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required 
to pass one designated course which introduces 
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct 
from the dominant western culture. Approaches , 
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological 
anthropological, international, psychological, 
or issues oriented. The course selected to 
fulfill this requirement may also be used to 
satisfy one of the other general education 
requirements in the liberal arts. 

L Writing Across the Curriculum. This 
requirement is the same as that stipulated by 
the College for all students. 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu- 
nity Service. This requirement is the same as 
that stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every i 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each 
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are 
required to successfully complete five seminars 
and they are permitted to register for as many as 
eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announced 
before spring registration of the previous year. 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar. 
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a least 
one seminar during the freshman year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance by 
the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be pre- 
sented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a major 
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive of 
the Senior Scholar Seminar. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circum- 
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
the scholar distribution requirements provided 
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
ments would still satisfy the regular College 
distribution requirements. 

Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student must 
satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
more of the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or pennit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 



IMS departments. The seminars are offered as 
one semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 
Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both pro- 
grams. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines estab lished by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



techniques and principles employed and the 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in a 
regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 
Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student 
and the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and profes- 
sional aspirations. The student can draw 
upon their years of experience to resolve 
questions about social adjustment, workload, 
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the 
member of the faculty with the most impact 
on a student is the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate 
information about requirements, programs 



and career options. Advisors help students 
to identify other campus resources. Health 
Services can supply counseling support for 
students with personal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
must choose a major and select an advisor fror 
the major department. The new advisor, while ;. 
serving as a resource, can best advise that 
student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contrib- 
ute to students' development in yet another 
way. They insist that students assume full 
responsibility for their decisions and academic 
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare 
them for the harder choices and responsibili- 
ties of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in tht 
Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of the , 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 98. 

Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. See also descriptions of the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



p 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



cooperative programs in pediatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology. 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Students interested in pre-law should register 
with the Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
(LP AC) during their first semester and should 
join the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC 
assists the pre-law student through advising, 
compilation of recommendations, and dissemi- 
nation of information and materials about law 
and the legal profession. The Pre-Law Society 
sponsors films, speakers, and field trips 
including visits to law school campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students who plan to investigate the religious 
vocations should register with the Theological 
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 
nate internships for students who desire 
practical experience in the parish ministry or 
related areas. 

ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT SERVICES 
Academic Resource Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel Hartsock, Director 
Jane Keller, Assistant Director 
www.lycoming.edu/arc 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 
the third floor of the Snowden Library, 
provides a variety of free services to the 
campus community. 

Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Consultants use questioning 
techniques to help writers improve papers 
while developing confidence and indepen- 
dence as writers. Writers may use the 
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to 



work on papers while consulting with tutors 
about development, organization, grammar, 
documentation, and any other writing 
concern. Writing Consultants offer 38 
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly. 

Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC 

offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost 
every course. Tutors assist students with 
homework assignments and exam prepara 
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC 
website or by contacting the ARC directly. 

Study Skills Support — The ARC provides 
support through individualized instruction 
and through small group workshops upon 
request. Topics vary depending on the 
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a 
more formal option for study skills support: 
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshops. 

ARC 100 Success Skills Workshops 

A seven-week course, the workshop 
introduces students to a variety of topics 
important to student success. Among 
these are time management, learning 
styles, motivation, highlighting text, 
note-taking, and word processing. 
Topics will be selected to meet students' 
needs. ARC 100 is highly recommended 
for students who, in consultation with 
their academic advisors, choose to improve 
their academic skills. This non-credit 
course will be graded on a pass/ fail basis. 

Disability Support — The Coordinator of 
Services for Students with Disabilities 
assists students in arranging for classroom 
accommodations, meeting requirements, 
and developing appropriate study practices 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Freshman Orientation — The purpose of 
this required program is to acquaint new 
students and their famihes more fully with 
the College so that they can begin their 
Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students sit for 
placement tests, confer with their academic 
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and 
become acquainted with their classmates. 
First Weekend — Begins the day freshmen 
arrive with New Student Convocation. The 
weekend activities include academic success, 
career, library and financial aid workshops 
along with social events. 
Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible 
resource to resolving problems, developing 
solutions, coordinating services and 
enabling student success. Student and 
Family news-letters are provided during the 
year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults 
with students on a variety of personal, social, 
residential, financial, and other concerns. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

First-Year Seminar - Every fall, Lycoming 
College offers a number of first-year seminars, 
small classes that investigate topics in various 



disciplines. Students receive a letter from the 
Director of the First-Year Seminar in the 
spring before their freshman year telling them 
what seminars are available; if they desire to 
enroll in one, they send in their preferences. 
Enrollment is limited, so students are advised 
to respond as soon as possible to the Director 
indicating their interest. 

May Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimental 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring semesters 
and summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
addition to the courses themselves, attractions ' 
include less formal classes and reduced tuition 
rates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing and 
Advertising. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross- 
Cultural Psychology in Greece and Italy, 
Intensive Language/Cultural Study and 
Community Service in Mexico, and Tropical 
Marine Biology in Jamaica. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc- 
cessive five-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester 
courses. A business internship opportunity to 
study and work in England for six weeks 
during Summer I is offered on an annual basis. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Student is a major in that department. An 
independent studies project may either 
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely 
different from any catalog course. In order for 
a student to be registered in any independent 
study course, the following conditions must be 
satisfied: 

1) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the 
catalog course as an independent studies 
course. 

3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects which do not duplicate catalog 
courses is subject to the following: 

• Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 

• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
exceptions to these two rules must be approved 
by the Committee on Academic Standards. 



Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 

For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship, 
at least ten hours per week must be spent in 
agency duties. Academic requirements 
include a daily log or journal, a research paper 
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent, 
and a reading list of approximately five books 
or the equivalent. The student and academic 
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the 
internship. 

The objectives of the internship program are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 1 6 credits can be earned 
through internships, practica, and/or student 
teaching. Guidelines for program develop- 
ment, assignment of tasks and academic 
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports, 
grades, etc., are established in consultation with 
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 
and Psychology. These courses require 10 to 
1 2 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
general science, mathematics, physics, social 
sciences), K-12 (art, foreign languages, 
music), and special education (cognitive, 
behavior and physical/health disabilities). 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. (See Education Department on page 
98 for more information.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent 
of the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 



study in Washington, D.C., at The American 
University for one semester. They may 
choose from seven different programs: 
Washington Semester, Urban Semester, 
Foreign Policy Semester, International 
Development Semester, Economic Policy 
Semester, Science and Technology Semester, 
or American Studies Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History 
or Political Science and the Registrar, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a first- 
hand acquaintance with the world organiza- 
tion. Students with special interests in world 
history, international relations, law, and 
politics are eligible to participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored by 
affiliates or other institutions. Students who 
intend to study abroad must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Study 
abroad opportunities range from summer 
sessions to a full semester or academic year 
overseas. All overseas programs require prior 
approval from the students' major depart- 
ments, the Study Abroad Coordinator, and the 
Registrar. Applications are available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Before embarking on an overseas learning 
experience, students should review the study 

i abroad materials in the Career Development 
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
must identify any additional program require- 
ments such as fluency in a foreign language. 

' A limited number of competitive grants for 
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
available. Application forms are posted on the 
College's home page under Academic Pro- 
grams, Study Abroad. For more details, 
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator. 
Lycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
package. 

I Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop- 
erative arrangements with six institutions 
overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
(Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
Stendhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France), 
Lancaster University (Lake District, England), 
Oxford-Brookes University (Oxford, England) 
Regent's College (London, England), and 
Tandem Escuela Intemacional (Madrid, 
Spain). Course offerings vary at each institu- 
tion, contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for 
details. Students interested in the programs 
Grenoble and at Tandem should contact the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions 

Lycoming students have taken advantage of 
opportunities offered by other institutions in 
countries such as Australia, the Czech 
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico, 
New Zealand, Spain, and Sweden. Information 
regarding these and other programs are 
available in the Career Development Center, 
the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad 
Coordinator. 

Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 




teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare 
of students engaged in or en route to or from 
any off-campus studies or activities which are 
not under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CURRICULUM 

• 




Curriculum 



Numbers 1 00- 1 49 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 

Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 

Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 

Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 

offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 
Numbers 470-479 Internships 



Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 

Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined by 

department ; 

Courses not in sequence are listed separately, 

as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intermediate French 
FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students have 
the right of access to all courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



ACCOUNTING (acct) 

Associate Professor: Kuhns 
Assistant Professors: Slocum (Chairperson), 
Wienecke 
The purpose of the accounting major is to 
help prepare the student for a career within the 
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the 
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the 
major in accounting consists of three separate 
tracks. Track I is designed for students with 
an interest in accounting for the infomiational 
needs of managers including business entities, 
non-profit entities and internal auditing. 
This track will provide excellent preparation 
for the Certified Management Accounting 
(CM A) exam. Track II is a 128 semester hour 
program and is designed to meet the require- 
ments of the Pennsylvania State Board of 
Accountancy for those students whose goal is 
to become Certified Public Accountants in 
Pennsylvania. Track III is a 150 semester 
hour program designed to meet the 150 hour 
requirement of the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accounts for those students 
whose goal is to become a member of the 
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 
Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
Certified Public Accounting Examination are 
advised to check with their State Board of 
Accounting to assure that they have completed 
all courses required for C.P.A. licensure. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 440, 443; 
BUS 223, 228, 235, 244, 312, 320, 338, 441; 
ECON 1 10 or III; MATH 123 
Track requirements: 

I. Management Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 224, and either 449 or 470-479; 
BUS 339 

II. Financial Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 436, 441; one course from 
ACCT 224, 442, and either 449 or 
470-479, or BUS 345 




III. Financial Accounting - 150 hours: 
ACCT 224, 436, 441, 442, 447, and 
either 449 or 470-479; BUS 236; 
ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1; one course from SOC 
orPSY 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ACCT 223, 224, and 442. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 1 and four other account- 
ing courses as determined by the student's 
interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is 
placed on managerial problem-solving 
techniques and the analysis of the results. 
Accounting systems, costing procedures, cost- 
volume profit relationships, managerial 
control processes and the use of computers as 
aids to decision-making are studied. Students 
will gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: A CCT 110. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. 

224 

COST AND BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

Application of cost accounting and bud- 
getary theory to decision making in the area of 
make or buy, expansion of production and 
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling, 
internal control and information systems. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 123. 



344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting 
theory exists. An examination of the basic 
postulates that underlie financial statements 
and a critique of what financial reporting 
means. Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent 
of instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment 
of auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



opinions on the fairness of financial state- 
ments are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, 
MATH 123, BUS 320, and senior status or 
consent of instructor. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
problems involving determination of income 
and deductions, capital gains and losses, 
computation and payment of taxes through 
withholding at the source and through declara- 
tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of 
instructor. 

443 

ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: A CCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and 
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit. 



\ 



449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Managerial 
and Public Accounting positions in order to 
effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



\ 


f 'i 


h 


is;.'. 


'^'''''^mm If^ 


T I 




IP 


M^ 


'' mn. 


Mi 






Pf^p 




m_ i^ 


s 


^^ 


^^B 







2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10, 223, 224, 344, 345, 441, 442. In math- 
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR 
125, 321 and MATH 1 12, 128, 129, 338 and 
either 123 or 332. Recommended courses 
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223, 
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON 
1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and SOC 1 10. 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator) 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts 
framework, coursework to prepare for an 
actuarial career. Students obtain the neces- 
sary mathematical background for the first 
actuarial exam and two or three exams 
beyond the first one. Students also obtain 
some background in accounting, economics, 
and business which is needed for an actuarial 
career. At the time of completion of all major 
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student 
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the 
examinations of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit coUoquia. In Mathematical Sciences, 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128, 
129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338. 
Also required are ACCT 110, ECON 1 10; 
one of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of 
ACCT 130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 
or 441 ; two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 
taken during the junior and/or senior years 
with at least one semester for a letter grade; 
successful completion of any one of the 
Society of Actuaries Examinations (typically 
either the course 100 or course 1 10 Examina- 
tions) by the end of the junior year. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 
23 1 , 432, 434. It is also strongly recom- 
mended that the student complete as many of 
the actuarial examinations as possible prior to 
graduation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



AMERICAN STUDIES 




AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a ompre- 
hensive program in American civilization which 
introduces students to the complexities under- 
lying the development of America and its cont- 
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
these courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1. AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 

(First semester of major study) 

2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 

3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 
Methodology (junior or senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in the 
core courses. They focus particular attention 
on areas most germane to academic and 
vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 



Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 

ENGL 222 — American Literature I 

ENGL 223 — American Literature II 

MUS 128 — American Music 

MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 

THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History to 1877 
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History since 1877 
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 
PSCI 335 — Law and Society 
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri- 
can civilization with special attention to the 
interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 

THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index) 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 

(See Index) 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See Index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 

NEAR EAST 

Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is 
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle 
of Western civilization.'" The major requires 
completion often courses relevant to the study 
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern 
worlds from the following courses, which are 
described in their departmental sections: 

1 . Two courses in archaeology: 

REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 

and one course from: 
REL 401 Field Archaeology (based 

on an excavation trip) 
REL 421 Archaeological Field 

Supervision 
REL/HIST/ART 470-479 

Internship (in archaeology 

or museum work) 
REL/HIST/ART N80-89 

Independent Study (project 

in archaeology) 

2. Four courses in culture from: 

ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western 
Art 



HIST 210 Ancient History 
REL 113 or 114 

Old or New Testament Faith 

and History (not both) 
REL 223 Backgrounds of Early 

Christianity 
REL 224 Judaism and Islam 

REL 228 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 

3. Two semesters of foreign language from: 
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings { 

(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek, i 
or Latin may be substituted) ' 

4. Two courses from related disciplines, 
subject to advance approval by the supervi- 
sory committee. These courses may be 
taken from the fields of anthropology, art, 
economics, geology, his-tory, literature, 
philosophy, political science, or religion (or 
other related fields); they can be taken as 
independent study projects. Topics should 
be relevant to some aspect of ancient or 
modem Near Eastern or Greco-Roman 
study. Additional "culture" courses as 
listed above are allowed in this category. 
Although not included in the major, the 
study of German and/or French is highly 
recommended for those planning to pursue 
graduate studies in the field. 

Minor 

An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology and 
Culture of the Ancient Near East requires 
completion of one archaeology course from 
REL 226 or 40 1 , and four courses at least 
three of which must be numbered 200 or 
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222, 
HIST 210, REL 1 13 or 114, 223, 224, 226, 
228, 401, 421, SOC 11 4 and 229. At least 
two of these courses must be from outside the 
Religion Department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 




ART (ART) 



Professor: Shipley 

Associate Professors: Golahny (Chairperson), 

Estomin 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Goodyear, Tran 
Part-time Instructors: Kaufman, Stemgold 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, successfully complete each 
semester's colloquium (while a declared 
major), and successfully complete the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may he made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227, Introduction to 
Photography, will be based on the experience 
of the student and determined by the faculty of 



the Art Department. Students who place out 
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography 
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in 
photography. In addition, students placed into 
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV, 
Commercial Design, will be required to take 
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for 
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive 
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students 
specializing in Track VI, Photography/ 
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media; 
ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging; or an 
approved independent study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling 

ART 212 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Art 
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221 — Drawing II 

ART 337 — Photography 11 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer Art 

ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media, OR 
ART 430 — Interactive Muhi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 
Commercial Design 
ART 470 — Internship OR 
ART 449 —Art Practicum 

A student is encouraged to take the follow- 
ing courses: ART 431, Advanced Digital 
Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 344, 
Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing; 
COMM 323, Feature Writing for Special 
Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of 
communication; and PSY 224, Social Psy- 
chology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 
area of specialization is recommended for those 
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol- 
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy. 
ART 119 — Ceramics I 
ART 220 — Painting I 
ART 225 — Sculpture I 
ART 228 — Printmaking I 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
higher. 

Students planning to complete the K- 1 2 art 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art 
Education 



EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
EDUC 239 —Middle and Secondary School 

Curriculum and Instruction 
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447 448 and 449 — 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to take 
EDUC 232 and ART 343. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 342 — Color and Medium Format 

Photography 
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer Art 
ART 431 —Advanced Digital Imaging OR 
ART 432 — Large Format Photography 
Two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media, 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334, 
336, and 339. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. I 
Art History majors (once declared) are ^ 

required to participate in each semester's art 
colloquium. 

Required of all students: 
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the 
Renaissance through the 
Modem Age a 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



ART 447 — Art History Research 

ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

ART 310 — Histoiy/Practice Art Education 
ART 331 — Recent Developments in Art 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling 1 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

Two Additional Courses Outside the Art 
Department: 

Students must take at least two additional 
courses in the areas of History, Literature, 
Theater or Religion. Students should select 
these courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223. 331, 
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Department. 
Requirements for each follow: Commercial 
Design: ART 111, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 and 343; 
Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 22 1 or 
223; Photography: ART 1 1 1,212,223,227, 
337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225, 226, 
335, and 111, 1 19 or 445; Art History: ART 
222, 223 and two advanced art history courses. 
Art majors who minor in art history must take 
two additional upper level courses beyond the 
two required for the minor intended for 
students who major in other disciplines (i.e., 
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses). 



Ill 

DRAWING 1 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, fonn, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic structures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of infonnation. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren. and Wilhelm Ostwald. 

220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor. 

221 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART 111. 

222 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON- WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the fiinction and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 

226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 
will be a requirement to cast one of the works 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consent 
of instructor. 



227 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 

PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: 
ART 1 1 1 or 115: or consent of instructor. 

229 
CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 

310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 

This course concerns the teaching of art, 
from the distant past to the present. Topics 
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson 
planning; and teaching methods. Course work 
includes observation of art classes in elemen- 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 



330 

PAINTING II 

Continuafion of Painting I (ART 220). 
Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220. 






LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



331 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART 

Recent developments, taking into account 
global issues, historical reference, and news 
media. 

333 

19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

AND AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
painting in France. Those artists to be studied 
include David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
Impressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins. 

334 

ART OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, 
Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
Ghiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
architects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

335 
SCULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
Emphasis is on advanced technical process. 
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
site: ART 225. 

336 

ART OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
in Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on 
Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with 
special attention given to the expressive, nar- 
rative, and painterly styles present in their art. 

337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Introduc- 
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued 
growth in technical expertise including 
instruction in photo art processes such as 
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/ 



or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual 
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq- 
uisite: ART 227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety of 
viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

COLOR AND MEDIUM 
FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or 
slides, traditional darkroom and/or digital 
printing techniques. Study of techniques and 
aesthetics of medium format photography. 
Integration of tools to students' own artistic 
process emphasized. A portfolio including 
examples of color, medium format, traditional 
darkroom printing and archival digital printing 
will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 227, 
337, and 343. 

343 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study 
of image manipulation, illustration and layout 
programs. Content of course includes funda- 
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra- 
phy, design, layout, color separation, and 
manipulating computer images obtained from 
scanners, video sources, and the students' own 
original production using computer paint 
software. Prerequisite: ART 227 and either 
ART 111 or 1 15: or consent of instructor. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive 
art, creation of 2-D computer animation, 
digital sound editing, Web design and CD- 
ROM production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGE^G 

This course continues the study of the 
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is 
the capstone course for those Photography/ 
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the 
majority of their senior show work in the 
digital media. Students learn advanced 
imaging techniques, work with digital 
cameras, use scanners as "cameras," combine 
traditional and digital photography, and 
experiment with a variety of printing pro- 
cesses and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 
or consent of instructor. 

432 

LARGE FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of large 
format photography and alternative processes. 
Integration of tools to student's own artistic 
process emphasized. A final portfolio of large 
format photography and alternative process 
photography will be produced. Includes 
creation of work which may be incorporated 
in the senior group exhibition. This course 
will serve as the capstone course for traditional 



photographers in the Photography/Electronic 
Art Track. Prerequisites: ART 342. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques and 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation with 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate tradi- 
tional airbrush, water-based mediums, 
markers, colored pencils and ink pens. The 
following skills are involved: illustration, 
photography, design, typesetting, lettering, 
layout, overlays, scanning color separation, 
matching and proofing and preparation of 
files for a service bureau or printer. Prerequi- 
site: ART 343 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisite: ART 116, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research and creation of new 
artwork in an elective studio area, conducted 
under the supervision of the appropriate 
faculty member. Includes creation of work, 
which may be incorporated in the senior group 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG \ 



i 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



exhibition. This course will serve as the 
capstone studio experience for Art majors in 
the Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture 
tracks. 

447 

ART HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
supervision of the appropriate faculty member, 
includes the research and writing of a thesis, to 
be presented to a committee of Art Department 
faculty. This course may be repeated for credit. 

148, 248, 348 and 448 
ART COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
students and invited professionals discuss and 
critique specific art projects. Required of all 
students majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
ter. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail. 
Non-credit seminar. 

449 

ART PRACTICUM 

This course offers students internship 
experience in commercial design or commer- 
cial photography with companies and organi- 
zations. Students work at least 10 hours per 
week for a sponsoring company and attend 
seminar sessions on issues relevant to their 
work assignments. Students must apply 
directly to the Art Department to arrange job 
placement before pre-registration to be 
eligible for this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 
or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

This course offers students internship 
experience in commercial design or commer- 
cial photography w ith companies and organi- 
zations. Prerequisite: ART 430 or ART 442 
or consent of instructor. Students must apply 
directly to the Art Department to arrange job 
placement before pre-registration to be 
eligible for this course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 
Fisher, Wolfe 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary school 
teacher of general science. The major in physics 
can prepare students for graduate work in 
physics, astronomy, and related physical 
sciences, for the cooperative program in engi- 
neering, for state certification as secondary 
school teachers of physics, or for technical 
positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 11 2 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; CHEM 110-111 
or 330-331; and MATH 128-129. Astronomy 
majors are also required to register for four 
semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit 
colloquia). 

The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can be 
satisfied by doing an individual studies or honors 
project where the results would be presented at a 
departmental colloquium. A double major in 
astronomy and physics need only take the course 
once. Students participating in an engineering 3-2 
program will be exempt from taking ASTR 448. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 98. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ASTR 230. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of 
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225 
plus any three additional courses selected from 
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or 
higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR 
101 and HI share the same three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratoiy each week. 
ASTR 111 has one additional hour each week 



for more advanced mathematical treatment of 
the material. Credit may not be earned for 
both 101 and HI. Corequisite for 111: MATh 
127 or consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and internal 
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past 
events and lifeforms can be reconstructed from 
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic 
history of our planet from its origin to the 
present. Describes the ways geology influences 
our environment. ASTR 102 and 112 share the 
same three hours of lecture and two hours of 
laboratory each week. 11 2 has one additional 
hour each week for more advanced mathemati- 
cal treatment of the material. Credit may not 
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite 
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. \ 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA video 
and other audio-visual aids. Examination of i 
scientific, engineering and political motivations.' 
When taken in May term, must be scheduled \ 
with ASTR 115. Not for distribution. Alternate \ 
years. One-half unit of credit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions ( 1 973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test 
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current 
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of 
NASA video. Examination of scientific, 
engineering, and political motivations. When 
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with 
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate years. 
One-half unit of credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



! 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
planetarium programming, operation 
and maintenance. Students are required to 
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
are eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
10] or 1 1 1. A Iternate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
including the major planets, their satellites, 
the minor planets, and comets. Topics 
include meteorological processes in atmos- 
pheres, geological processes that shape 
surface features, internal structures, the role 
of spacecraft in the exploration of the solar 
system, and clues to the origin and dynamic 
evolution of the solar system. Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisites: a grade ofC 
or better in ASTR 111 or 112, or PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four- 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, alterna- 
tive cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 11 and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 



thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 
225. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, 
and related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. 
Otherwise the grade will be P/F. Students in 
the Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two semes- 
ters and present one lecture during their junior 
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cros.s-listed as PHYS 349 & 449. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 
332, 448 and four additional courses num- 
bered PHYS 333 or higher; CHEM 110-111 or 
330-331; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors 
are also required to register for four semesters 
of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students participat- 
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking PHYS 448. 

Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111, 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
of the four physics electives. The following 
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238; 
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera- 
tive engineering program and by many 
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one addhional 



course selected from PHYS courses numbered 
300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist's definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available 
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible fiiture 
developments. Projections of possible future 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in ' 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the past 
several centuries, relating them to their broad 
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive 
rather than a mathematical discussion of 
topics which range from early Greek concepts 
of science to present day methods and 
techniques used to describe the physical 
universe. Many distinctions and similarities 
between science and other areas of human 
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the 
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of 
some of the basic laws which govern the 
universe. Three hours of lecture and two 
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
include mechanics, themiodynamics, electric- 
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Corequisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



oj department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamil- 
tonian formulations of mechanics. Four hours 
oJ lecture and three hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: MA TH 129 and a grade 
ofC or better in PHYS 225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter, 
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
oflaboratoiyperweek. Prerequisite: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 
OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 



fiow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MA TH 23 1 and 238. A Iternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be pre- 
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper- 
ties of a system can be specified without a 
knowledge of the microscopic properties of 
the constituents of the system. Then statistical 
mechanics will be developed, showing that 
these same macroscopic properties are 
determined by the microscopic properties. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 129. 
Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four 
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and 
a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

339 

CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS 

Structural topics include ordinary crystal- 
line structures, liquid crystals, quasi-crystals, 
and nanostructures. Property-related topics 
include periodic potentials, band structure, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties, 
superconductivity, superfiuidity, aspects of 
surface physics, and aspects of polymer 
physics. Four hours of lecture and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 332 and MA TH 129. or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years . 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTRIU andPHYS225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and fomiulation of quantum 
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic 
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central 
force problems will be discussed. Both time- 
independent and time-dependent perturbation 
theory will be covered. Four hours of lecture 
and recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 
or CHEM 331, and MA TH 231. Cross-listed 
asCHEM439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 
The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 226, MA TH 129, and either PHYS 338 
or CHEM 1 10. A Iternate years. 



448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two lectures, 
one given during the j unior year and one given 
during the senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to attend 
four semesters during the junior and senioryears. 
A letter grade will be given when the student gives 
a lecture. Otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Students in the Cooperative Program in Liberal 
Arts and Engineering are required to attend two 
semesters and present one lecture during their 
junior year. Non-credit course. One hour per 
week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 



Professors: Diehl, Zimmerman (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Gabriel 
Assistant Professors: Briggs, Lipar, Newman 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Petokas 

The Department of Biology offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
available in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper 
level biology courses. 

The B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
complete the 13 course major which consists 
of BIO 1 10, 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higher 
(excluding BIO 400, 401 or 470); one course 
from CHEM 115, 220, or 221 plus two 
additional units of Chemistry; two units of 
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR 
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or 
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are 
required to successfully complete BIO 349/ 
449 (non-credit colloquium) for a maximum 
of four semesters and complete the capstone 
experiences described below. Enrollment in 
student teaching and/or other similar off- 
campus academic experiences will be ac- 
cepted by the department in lieu of that 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



semester's colloquium requirement. Only two 
courses numbered below 22 1 may count 
toward the major. Declared Biology majors 
may substitute BIO 106-107 for BIO 1 10-1 1 1 
with written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
complete the capstone experiences described 
below, and pass three courses chosen in any 
combination from the following: BIO 328 or 
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470), 
CHEM 200 or above. PHYS 200 or above, or 
MATH 127 or above. 

Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the 
Academic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
contact the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BIO 222 and 224. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the following 
three criteria. 

1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



work. (Summer experiences, Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are 
required to successfully complete 
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) 
during all their semesters on campus. 
During their final year, students will 
research a biological topic and make an 
oral presentation at the Biology Collo 
quium. This will provide the student with 
the basic level of information literacy in 
the biological science. 

3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 
If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester, 
a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PSY 138, EDUC 239, the Pre-Student 



Teaching Participation, and the Profes- 
sional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and 449) 
Students may choose EDUC 232 
as an Education elective, 
b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR 
1 1 1, 112 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. ' 

A minor in biology requires the completion 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two intro- ' 
ductory biology courses). At least two of these 
must be from the series of courses BIO 222, 
224, 225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science consists 
of two introductory biology courses (one of 
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two addi- 
tional courses numbered 200 or higher, 
one course in economics (recommended 
ECON 225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Environmen- 
tal Science must complete all requirements of 
the biology major. In addition, they need to 
complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225, 
ASTR 1 12, and one course selected from either 
ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced biology 
course (328 or higher). 

Clean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a forum 
for the natural resource heritage of North Central 
Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna River and its 
major tributaries (Pine, Loyalsock, Lycoming, 
and Muncy Creeks). The institute provides a 
service not only to Lycoming College students, 
through coordination of Environmental intern- 
ships, practica (BIO 401 ) and independent 
study/honors projects, but also the community. 
This may include seminars or workshops on 
environmental issues as well as monitoring 
assistance to watershed groups. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



106 

CELLS, GENES AND SOCIETY 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
everyday life. The primary goal of this course 
is to improve recognition and understanding 
of the implications of biology in health care, 
agriculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106 
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
three hour lab per week. 

107 

ANATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes study 
of the complementary nature of form and 
function, as well as study of the levels of 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, compre- 
hend, and appreciate current articles on this 
subject in the popular press. Students learn 
the names, structure, and general functions of 
the major organs of the body. Animal dissec- 
tion is optional. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 107 and III. BIO 106 is not a pre- 
requisite for BIO 107. Three hours of lecture 
and one-three hour laboratoiy per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not he earned for 
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107 
and 1 1 1. Prerequisite for BIO 1 1 1 : BIO 1 1 0. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratoiy per week. 



213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite for BIO 
213: CHEM 1 15 or 220, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Prerequisite for BIO 214: BIO 213. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an exami- 
nation of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO 
110. This course is not a substitute for BIO HI 
for majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratoiy periods per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. 

224 

ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratoiy per 
week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



-•i 



225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn- 
thetic organisms; classification systems and 
plant identification, and human uses of plants. 
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-1 1 1. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to 
include diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: One year of introductory 
level biology, one year of chemistry or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 32 1 . 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is 
given to the identification and physiology of 
microorganisms as well as to their role in 
disease, their economic importance, and 
industrial applications. Three hours of lecture 
and two two- hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Not open to students 
who have received credit for BIO 226. 

323 

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, and 
reproductive systems. Three hours of lecture 



and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 

328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with freshwate 
ecosystems. Studies will include a survey of the 
plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as the 
physical and chemical characteristics of water tha 
influence their distribution. Several local field 
trips and an extended field trip to a field station 
will familiarize students with the diversity of 
habitats and techniques of limnologists. Alternate 
years. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students study 
the creatures of the fringing reefs, barrier reefs, 
lagoons, turtlegrass beds and mangrove swamps 
at a tropical marine laboratory. Studies will 
include survey of plankton, invertebrates, and 
fish as well as the physical and chemical 
characteristics that influence their distribution. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. Alternate May 
terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce physio- 
logically active substances that are important to 
humans and animals. Major themes include: 
Mechanisms and symptoms of poisoning, and 
plant chemicals with usefiil physiological 
effects. Laboratory topics include plant 
classification and techniques for compound 
identification. Three hours of lecture and one i 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:] 
BIO 1 10-1 1 1, or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

334 I 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate phyla 
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology, 
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory' periods per week. Prerequi- 
site: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



338 

HUMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. The 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. 
Computer simulated dissection software 
packages are used extensively. Video presenta- 
tions of cadaver dissections and a video disk 
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
study. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1. 

340 

PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
influence plants. Topics include evolution of 
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on 
individuals and communities, and types of 
plant defenses. We will also discuss how 
animals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
tages and disadvantages of monophagous and 
polyphagous lifestyles, different types of 
herbivores and herbivore damage, and 
mutualisms between plants and their herbi- 
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. A I tenia te years. 



346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. The 
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc- 
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern 
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines 
produced by recombinant DNA and other 
technologies. Course content will also include a 
description of how viruses are used as tools for 
genetic engineering and for studying cellular 
processes like membrane signal transduction, 
regulation of genetic expression and oncogen- 
esis (cancer). Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-11 1 or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 
Serological assays will include: agglutination, 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour labor atoiy, and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

348 

ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the role 
of the endocrine hormones in the integration of 
body functions. This is followed by a study of 
the control of hormone synthesis and release, 
and a consideration of the mechanisms by 
which hormones accomplish their effects on 
target organs. Two three-hour lecture/ 
laboratoiy periods per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 1 10-1 11. A Iternate years. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the 
Department and a public or private agency. 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly 
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per 
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic 
work will include, but is not limited to: a log, 
readings, recitation and an assigned research 
paper related to the specific agency's activi- 
ties. May be repeated once for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 
science. Students work on projects jointly 
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
public or private agency. The practicum is 
designed to integrate classroom theory with 
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency or project. Academic work includes, 
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
and an assigned research paper related to the 
specific agency or project activity. May be 
repeated once for credit with consent of 
instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal organs 
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given 
to the progressive modification of organs from 
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 



structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 11 0- 
111. Alternate years. 

435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic unit 
of life. Topics will include: origins of cellular 
life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac- 
tions, cellular membranes, intracellular commu- 
nication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell 
motility, protein sorting, distribution and secretion; 
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one semester of 
organic chemistry. Alternate years. 

436 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification of 
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecu- 
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow, 
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection, 
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and 
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes } 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy, 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one 
semester of organic chemistry. } 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- j 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will j 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 1 
malities, metabolic variation and disease. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
tic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. 
May term only. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 
importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. A Iternate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various types 
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ- 
isms. Consideration will be given to repair 
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato- 
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, 
one year of chemistry. Alternate years. 

446 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 

A study of plant resource acquisition in the 
face of competing neighbors and the quickly 



changing global environment. The course will 
focus on how differences in the environment 
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi- 
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: Bio 1 10-1 1 1 and 225. 
Alternate years 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biological 
sciences using techniques such as meeting and 
talking with active researchers, reading a nd 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete coUoquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine 
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professor: Weaver 

Assistant Professors: Stemgold (Chairperson), 

Kolb 
Part-time Instructor: Larrabee 

This major is designed to educate students 
about business and management functions in 
both commercial and non-commercial 
organizations. The program provides a well- 
balanced preparation for a wide variety of 
professions and careers, including banking, 
financial services, small business manage- 
ment, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing, 
general management, supervision, invest- 
ments, human resources management, and 
management information systems. The major 
is also appropriate for students who plan to 
attend graduate school in business or related 
fields, such as law or public administration. 



All students majoring in Business Admin- ■ 
istration must complete the ten core courses 
and at least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10; BUS 223, 228, 235, 244, 312, 
320, 338, 441;ECON 110 or 111. Statistics is 
also required. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 449; two I 

courses from BUS 330, 332, 343, 344, 
345, 429 ' 

2. Financial Management: 

ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 339; two courses j 
from BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220 I 

3. Marketing Management: 1 
BUS 319, 342, 429; one course from BUS j 
332, 343, 344, 444 I 

4. International Business Management: 
Two courses selected from BUS 319, 330, j 
435; ECON 343; PSCI 225; one course 
selected from ECON 240, PSCI 221, PSCI 
327; and two higher-numbered language 
courses beyond those used to meet the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



foreign language distribution requirement. 
Majors in the International Business Manage- 
ment track are encouraged to minor in a 
foreign language. Additionally, it is the 
expectation, though not a requirement, that 
they will complete a practicum or internship 
relating to international business, preferably in 
a foreign country. 

Minors 

The department offers three minors: 

( 1 ) general management, 

(2) financial management, and 

(3) marketing management. 

General Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
228, 244, and any three unit courses in the 
department, two of which must be num- 
bered 300 or higher. Students may substi- 
tute two half-unit courses numbered 300 or 
higher for one unit course numbered 300 or 
higher. 

2. Financial Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either 
ECON441 or BUS 345. 

3. Marketing Management: 

Students are required to take BUS 228, 
and any four from: BUS 319, 332, 342, 
343, 344, 429, 444. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, 
and BUS 325, International Internship, the 
department offers a wide variety of U.S. and 
international internships with businesses, 
government agencies and nonprofit organiza- 
tion. In addition, the department is a member 
of the institute for Management Studies, which 
also offers internships, including several full- 
time paid internships during the summer. 

Recommended Courses 

All majors and minors are encouraged to 
complete a selection of the following courses: 
• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial 
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors) 



• BUS 235 Legal Principles I 

• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics 
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics 

• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group 
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and 
Speaking in Business and the Professions 

• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business 

• PSCI 1 1 Government and Politics in the 
United States 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BUS 340, 342, 344, and 441. 

Institute for Management Studies 

The Department of Business Administration 
is a member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. See page 120. 

112 

BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 

A critical examination of the role of business in 
modem society. Topics include the social and 
economic roles of business management 
techniques by commercial and non-commercial 
organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers, retail 
stores, hospitals), and business careers and 
functions. Designed for students considering 
majors or minors in business, and for non-majors 
seeking a broad understanding of business. May 
not be taken for credit by students who have 
successfully completed four or more courses 
in BUS. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSfNESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the opportunities and shortcom- 
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial 
decision-making. Using hand-computed and 
computer generated decisional models, students 
explore quantitative applications to quality 
control, resource allocation, inventory control, 
decisional analysis, network scheduling, forecast- 
ing, and other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, 
or consent of instructor. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product develop- 
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior, 
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing 
and others. Readings, case studies, library 
assignments and team research projects. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of 
organizational life and the discipline and 
process of management. Topics include the 
evolution and scope of organizations and 
management, plan-ning, organizing, leading, 
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the 
importance of man-aging in a global environ- 
ment, understanding the ethical implications of 
managerial decisions, and appreciating work 
place diversity. 

312 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, 
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within 
an organization. Emphasis is on understand- 
ing these major activities performed by 
Human Resource Management professionals 
as organizations deal with increased laws and 
regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



related to Human Resources, changes in work 
force characteristics, and an increasingly 
competitive work environment, one-half unit 
of credit. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of 
instructor. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of doing 
business in an increasingly global environ- 
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the 
cultural and social diversity of international 
markets. Examines the marketing strategies of 
global finns, and the challenges of interna- 
tional pricing, distribution, advertising and 
product development. Prerequisite: BUS 228 

or consent of instructor. 

i 

320 ! 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION i 

SYSTEMS 

A study of computer information systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. Topicsj 
include the components and functions of j 

management infonnation systems, personal ' 
productivity applications, distributed networks' 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business applica- 
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
BUS 244 or consent of instructor. 

325 

INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP 

A seven week overseas internship experi- 
ence, supervised on site by a member of the 
Lycoming College faculty. The course 
includes an internship with an organization in 
the host country, and a program of activities 
designed to familiarize the student with the 
cultural, political and legal environment of the 
host country. These activities include semi- 
nars, guest lecturers, visits to centers of 
government and to sites of cultural and/or 
historical importance. Previous internships 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



have included: The Prince's Youth Business 
Trust, The Oxfordshire Chamber of Com- 
merce, Oxford Brookes University, Critchley's 
Chartered Accountants, Oxfam U.K., Spires 
International and FPD Savills International; all 
located in Oxford, England. Previous programs 
in the U.K. have included visits to the House 
of Parliament, Windsor Castle and Stone- 
henge, as well as weekend trips to Dublin, 
Ireland and Paris, France. Open to business 
and non-business majors and may be taken for 
four to eight semester hours of credit. Prereq- 
uisite: consent of instructor Summer term 
only. May be repeated for credit, provided that 
the 16-credit limit for practica, internships, 
and /or student teaching is not exceeded. 

330 

INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A study of the dynamic process of applying 
management concepts and techniques in a 
multinational environment. Topics include 
global strategy and competitiveness, the 
:ultural context, intercultural communica- 
tions, organizational behavior and human 
resource management, and ethics and social 
responsibility. Special emphasis is placed on 
managing organizational cultures and diversity 
and the environment for international manage- 
ment. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of 
Instructor 

332 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

How businesses and other institutions 
promote their products to consumers. The 
role of advertising and promotion in the 
marketing strategy of the firm in investigated, 
and the effects of different promotional tools 
and advertising techniques is discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of 
'nstructor. 



338 

FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
and methods of financial management. Topics 
include the mathematics of finance, working 
capital management, capital budgeting, and 
analysis of financial statements. Prerequisites: 
ACCT 110 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 

339 

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
tions of financial management. Topics covered 
include international finance, ethics, capital 
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and 
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non- 
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of the 
economy and the structure and functions of 
financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. Tech- 
niques used to evaluate financial securities. 
Also covered are recent developments in 
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and practices 
of marketing research. The focus is on the 
development and application of marketing 
research studies. Topics covered include 
selection of a research design, project planning 
and scheduling, data specification and gathering, 
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter- 
pretation of data, and research report writing. 
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequi- 
site: BUS 228 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 



'.003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



343 

RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING 
A study of marketing practices by com- 
panies that directly sell goods and services to 
consumers, such as department stores, restau- 
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and 
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on 
the methods used by organizations to attract 
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prereq- 
uisite: BUS 228 or consent of instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND 
INTERNET MARKETING 

A study of Internet marketing, electronic 
commerce, and related business uses of the 
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal- 
lenges of developing, managing, and market- 
ing commercial web sites and online stores; the 
growing use of company intranets, extranets and 
virtual teams to improve communic- ations, 
collaboration, and business performance; and 
the effects of electronic commerce on consum- 
ers, competition and marketing practices. 
Students also study social links to electronic 
commerce, such as the privacy and security 
concerns of online customers, and the chal- 
lenges of electronic commerce to more 
traditional industries, occupations, and local 
business and communities. Prerequisite: BUS 
228 or consent of instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 
Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial data 
which are analyzed as well as the methods by 
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This 
course should prove of value to all who need a 
thorough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 
who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 



decisions on the basis of financial data. 
Prerequisite: A CCT 1 10. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, business demographics and 
marketing-related financial analysis. Read- 
ings, case studies, library assignments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228 *' 
and Statistics, or consent of instructor 

435 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL j 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the environment and methods of 
international financial management. Topics 
include international financial markets and 
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting and 
investment abroad, multinational working 
capital management, and foreign exchange 
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 338, or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with 
practical work experience with local compa- 
nies and organizations. Students work 10-12 
hours per week for their sponsor organiza- 
tions, in addition to attending a weekly 
seminar on management topics relevant to 
their work assignments. Since enrollment is 
limited by the available number of positions, 
students must apply directly to the business 
department before preregistration to be 
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor. 

441 

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of the planning and 
control of business enterprises designed to 
build students' skills in conducting strategic 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



analysis in a variety of industries and competi- 
tive situations. Through case studies, research, 
presentations, and discussions, students 
examine industry structure, functional 
strategies, competitive challenges of a global 
marketplace, and sources of sustainable 
competitive advantage. This course is de- 
signed to integrate the knowledge and skills 
gained from previous coursework in business 
and related fields. Prerequisites: BUS 223. 
228, 244, 312, 320, and 338, or consent of 
instructor. Seniors only. 

444 

APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH 

Students design, implement and present 
marketing studies for local businesses and 
other client organizations. Depending on the 
project, research methods may include 
customer surveys, focus groups, demographic 
studies and computerized infonnation 
searches. In addition, students study market 
research methods and problems, such as 
designing questionnaires, selecting samples, 
detecting sources of bias, and presenting 
results to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated once 
for credit with consent of instructor. 

446 

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc- 
tion facility. The course also incorporates 
quantitative techniques and computer applica- 
:ions used in the production and operations 
nanagement environment. Topics include 
:apacity and layout planning, facility location 
analysis, job design and work measurement, 
aroduction scheduling, materials requirement 
planning models, and quality controls. Students 
vvill engage in the actual design of an inventory 
Jtatus file and MRP system. Prerequisite: 
BUS 223 or consent of instructor. 




449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
information needed to develop a business plan 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac- 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion 
and analysis of small business cases and the 
problems/opportunities facing small businesses 
are used to reveal trends in the small business 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228, 244, 
338; or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent projects include marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, real estate management and banking. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a community 
and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the evolution 
of anti-trust legislation in the United States. 



'.003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 

• 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professors: Franz, McDonald 
Associate Professor: Bendorf 
Assistant Professor: Mahler (Chairperson) 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 
Part-time Instructor: Tom 



The Department of Chemistry offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who wish to 
earn ACS certification must complete the 
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
who complete the ACS certified degree are 
also eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study in 
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 
advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 



The following courses, when scheduled as ' 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332. 

The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 1 1 0- 1 1 1 , 220-22 1 , 330-33 1 , 
332, 333, and, as a Capstone experience, one 
of the following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & j 
449); PHYS 225-226; and MATH 128-129. i 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and 
one additional full-credit course from the 
following list: any 400-level CHEM course; 
PHYS 331 or above; BIO 222 or above; 
MATH 116, 123, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332; or 
CPTR 125. I 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistry 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
book and make their plans known to their 
advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A 
Chemistry major who successfully completes 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 
449) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
experience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher, 

PSY 1 10 and 338, EDUC 200 and 239; 
complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449). 
The student may choose EDUC 232 
as an additional Education elective. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 
tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 
pass any two units from ASTR 111, 
112 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
ofCHEM 1 10- 11 1,220-221, and two CHEM 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 

100 

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 

A science distribution course for the non- 
science major. The course will explore real- 
world societal issues that have important 
chemical components. Topics covered may 
include air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
global wanning, energy, acid rain, nuclear 
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 



period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM 1 10. 

no 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for students 
who plan to major in one of the sciences. 
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion 
and one three-hour laboratory' period each 
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of 
the Chemistry Department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor- 
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, thennodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion, 
and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or consent of depart- 
ment. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin- 
ciples of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, forestry, education and the humani- 
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes, 
arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids and 
proteins, carbohydrates and other naturally 
occurring compounds. This course is designed 
for students who require only one semester of 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



organic chemistry, and is not intended for 
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of lecture, 
one hour of discussion, and one three-hour 
lahoratoty period each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM III. Not open for credit to students who 
have received credit far CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fiindamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 220: CHEM 111. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fiindamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week Prerequisite: CHEM 1 1 1, MATH 129, 
and one year of physics; or consent of instnictor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru- 
mental analysis together with practice in lab- 
oratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM HI or consent ofinstntctor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to the 
chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 



requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic concepts, 
and formulation of quantum mechanics with 
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course 
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonic 
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both 
time-independent and time-dependent perturba- 
tion theory will be covered. The elegant | 
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will ! 
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture and ' 
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either 
CHEM 331 orPHYS226, and consent of 
instnictor. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modem synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond fomiing reactions, lunctional group 
transfomiations, and muhi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratofy period. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND j 

MOLECULAR STRUCTURE \ 

Theory and application of the identification of 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM 221. 

443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or 
consent of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, including 
allosteric control, induction, repression, signal 
transduction as well as the various types of 
inhibitive control mechanisms. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour laboratory and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221, or consent of instructor. Cross- 
listed as BIO 444. 

446 

ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the chemistry of com- 
pounds containing metal-carbon bonds. Topics 
include structure and bonding, reactions and 
mechanisms, spectroscopy, and applications to 
organic synthesis. The use of organometallic 
compounds as catalysts in industrial processes 
will be emphasized. Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, characteri- 
zation, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and 330. or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 
research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 



Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 
This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course 
in either their junior or senior yean Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 221 and consent of instructor 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Wild, 

Koehn (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Williams 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication theory 
and media criticism as well as expertise in a 
particular area of communication. All 
students majoring in Communication must 
complete the five courses listed in the Core 
and eight additional courses in one of the three 
areas of concentration listed below: four 
required courses and four elective courses. 
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have 
declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully complete 
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during 
each semester they are on campus or until they 
have successfully completed at least three 
semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider electing 
an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
students to pursue employment and/or 
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public relations, 
audio and video production, print and broad- 
cast journalism, professional media writing, 
and media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
language and to consider the following liberal 
arts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in 
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
in contemporary American and/or interna- 
tional history, economics, and political 
science; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: COMM 211, 326, 332 and 440. 



[m 






Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any 
five courses offered by the Communication 
Department (courses offered by other depart- 
ments count only toward the major in Com- 
munication, not toward the minor). One of 
these five courses must be selected from 
COMM 326, COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 211 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 

Senior Seminar 

Media Arts Colloquium 



COMM 440 
COMM 246 
346, 446 
THEA212 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



Multicultural America on 
Screen 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG: 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 

A. Corporate Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 212 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional communi- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may also be 
used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 

BUS 228 Marketing Principles 

BUS 244 Organization and Management 

BUS 332 Advertising and Promotion 

PSCI 210 Communciation and Society 

PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 

B. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 8 Digital Audio Production 
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production 
COMM 348 Advanced Video Production 
THE A 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 
Masterpieces 
Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional communi- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may be used 
to fulfill elective requirements in this concen- 
tration include the following: 



ART 227 Introduction to Photography 

ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 

ART 344 Computer Graphics for Elec- 

tronic Media 
BUS 228 Marketing Principles 

PSCI 210 Communication and Society 

PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and 

Regulation 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 

C. Media Writing and Culture 

Required for all students in this concentration: 

COMM 217 Print Journalism 

COMM 321 Screenwriting 

COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism 

Elective choices for students in this concentra- 
tion must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one 
course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional commu- 
nication courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that may 
be used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 
ENGL 217 Critical Writing Seminar 
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 
THE A 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
110 

COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
AND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 
the process of sending messages among 
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences. 
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in 
the communication process. Active learning 
through readings, case studies, simulations. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



oral reporting, and library research. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 105, or exemption. 

120 

INTERPERSONAL AND 
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 

This is a workshop course in the theory and 
practice of communication between individu- 
als in both formal as well as informal situa- 
tions with particular attention given to the 
impact of culture upon communication 
between individuals in international situations. 
Prerequisite: Open to freshmen or sophomores 
only. Alternate years. 

211 

PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
situations to general as well as targeted 
audiences. Emphasis on researching and 
solving problems having to do with persuasion 
and informative speaking. Training in using 
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

212 

GROUP COMMUNICATION 
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
practice in the methods of working in groups 
and in resolving conflicts within and between 
groups in various contexts, including educa- 
tion, industry, and professional situations. 
Contemporary theory and methods for motivat- 
ing and maintaining the productivity of groups 
will be examined in some detail. Prerequi- 
sites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one other course 
in Communication (211 recommended), 
Psychology, Education, or Business. 

217 

PRINT JOURNALISM 

This course studies and applies practical 
experience in the newsgathering process for 
print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting, 
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and 



writing as applied to a variety of forms for botl 
news and persuasive print media fomiats as 
well as on the ethical issues concerning 
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

218 

DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION 

This course studies the principles and 
techniques of audio production using both 
analog and digital technologies. Various 
program formats and the use of sound as an art 
form are also considered. j 

i 

223 

BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION 

This course trains students in the fundamen 
tals of pre-production, production, and j 

postproduction for video using digital and 
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the 
basic styles of video production from concept 
to completion within as well as outside the 
studio. 

230 

DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND 

PHOTOJOURNALISM 

This interactive course teaches students to 
design, layout, and produce print media using 
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students 
will develop approaches that will be applied in 
this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 

AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and contexts. 
Classic leadership styles will be examined and 
researched in regard to how these relate to 
goal-setting and motivating individuals and 
groups. Field work on- and off-campus is a 
major component of this course. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107; at least one of these: 
COMM 211, 212, or 235; or consent of instruc- 
tor Corequisite (if not already completed): 
COMS 105 or 106. Alternate years. 

321 

SCREENWRITING 

This course trains students to analyze and 
write scripts for radio, film, and television. 
The development of the original screenplay is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: THEA 212, or 
consent of instructor. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL 

AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and 
feature stories for television. Readings, peer 
review, and training in how to develop ideas 
using primary and secondary research. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 
relations and advertising, and conducting a 
public relations campaign to solve a problem or 
crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107 and COMM 235; or consent of 
instructor. 



326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD- 
IES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
popular culture and the arts using one or more 
of these approaches: textual criticism, content 
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical 
criticism, frame theory, and structural analysis. 
Comparison of the ways in which different 
media create values and portray individuals, 
social conflicts, and human aspirations. 
Prerequisite: One course from: THEA 212, 
ENGL 217 or 331; or consent of instructor. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

This course provides practical experiences 
in the newsgathering process for electronic 
media with an emphasis on covering the local 
story from the small-station perspective. 
Students in the course are responsible for 
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting 
newscasts for radio as well as television. 
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issues 
concerning reporting for the broadcast media. 
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate 
years. 

332 

TOPICS IN MEDIA THEORY AND PRACTICE 
Study of communication theory as applied 
to a special area or style of communication. 
Readings, discussions, and practical experi- 
ences in creating materials for print and/or 
electronic media. Possible topics include: 
docudrama and investigative reporting, 
communicating in cyberspace, creative 
advertising, instructional television and video. 
May be repeated for credit with change of 
topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

335 

MEDIA HISTORY AND THEORY 

This course reviews the recent history of 
the media w ith a major emphasis on the 
cultural theories that have been used to 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



describe and critique the media and its 
influence upon audiences. Prerequisite: 
THE A 212. Alternate years. 

340 

ACTING AND DIRECTING 
FOR THE CAMERA 

This workshop course analyzes, rehearses, 
directs, and shoots scripted scenes for film and 
television. The course studies classic screen 
acting and directing styles. All students act as 
well as direct. Prerequisite: One course from 
COMM348, THEA 240 or 336; or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

348 

ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Advanced production of documentary, 
narrative, and experimental video. Explora- 
tion of a variety of approaches to motivating 
talent and directing for the camera. Prerequi- 
site: CO MM 223 and THEA 114, or advanced 
course work in acting and directing, or 
consent of instructor. 

246, 346, and 446 

MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which students are expected 
to work in the field of communication on a 
regular basis. The areas of work can relate to 
campus media, campus public relations, 
admissions, non-profit organizations, and 
other communication-based organizations 
approved by the supervising faculty member. 
Students enrolled in the colloquium are 
required to keep a log and to work for a 
minimum of three hours each week in their 
approved work situation. Open only to 
majors. Non-credit and Pass/Fail. Once the 
major is declared, students are required to 
enroll in the seminar each semester until thev 
graduate or until they have successfully 
completed three semesters, whichever comes 
first. Only one colloquium may be taken per 
semester. 



400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors 
who wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

COMMUNICATION RESEARCH 
METHODOLOGY 

This course trains students in quantitative 
and qualitative communication research 
methodology. Students do intensive reading 
in an area related to their track and produce a 
research project which involves written as 
well as oral presentation. Prerequisite: 
COMM 326 and Senior standing, or consent 
of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area 
of study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

i(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
IJUSTICE (cj) 

Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson) 
iPart-time Instructor: Robbins 

j Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
.students with strong communication and 
lanalytical skills. This is accomplished through 
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary 
analysis of the causes of crime, formal and 
informal efforts at preventing and controlling 
crime, and treatment of the field of criminal 
justice as an applied social science where 
students are taught to integrate theory con- 
struction with practical application. The 
Criminal Justice program offers opportunities 
for internship and practicum experiences in 
the field, and prepares students for careers in 
law enforcement, court services, institutional 
and community-based corrections, treatment 
and counseling services, and for fiirther 
education at the graduate level. The Criminal 
Justice program also prepares students for 
activist and leadership roles in their communi- 
ties by exploring core issues related to quality 
of life, security and freedom. 

The major in Criminal Justice consists of 1 1 
courses, distributed as follows: 




A. 

CJ 100 
CJ201 
CJ203 
CJ446 
CJ447 



Criminal Justice core courses (five courses): 
Introduction to Criminal Justice 
Policing and Society 
Correctional Systems 
Justice and Public Policy 
Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice 



B. 



Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimensions 
of crime, law and justice (six courses): 



2()()3-()4 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



PHIL 2 1 8 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 

PSCI 33 1 Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCl 332 Courts and the Criminal Justice 

System 
PSCI 335 Law and Society 

One course from: 

CJ 204 Youth, Deviance and Social 

Control 
SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services 
SOC 331 Sociology of Gender 
SOC 334 Racial and Cultural Minorities 

C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the 
major) Majors should seek advice 
concerning course selection from their 
advisors or the criminal justice coordina- 
tor, and should note course prerequisites 
in planning their programs. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



Minor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
courses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332, 
and SOC 300. A student may substitute another 
relevant course for one of the required courses 
with consent of the criminal justice coordinator. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count towards the writing inten- 
sive requirement: CJ 447, PHIL 218, and 
either SOC 222 or SOC 331. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This course explores the role of law 
enforcement, courts and corrections in the 
administration of justice; the development of 
police, courts and corrections; the scope and 
nature of crime in America; introduction to the 
studies, literature and research in criminal 
justice; basic criminological theories; and 
careers in criminal justice. 

201 

POLICING AND SOCIETY 

Who are the police and what is policing? 
Exploration of these questions provides a con- 
text for critical inquiry of contemporary law 
enforcement in the United States. Attention is 
given to law enforcement purposes and strate- 
gies, the work force and work environment, and 
why sworn officers do what they do. Emphasis 
is also placed on being policed and policing the 
police. Treatment of these issues enables 
exploration of basic and applied questions about 
the projection of state power in community 
relations, including those related to homeland 
security. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

203 

CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
offenders, punishment, correctional ideolo- 
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The 
historical and philosophical development of 
the correctional system is examined. The 
primary emphasis is on critical analysis of 



contemporary correctional programming for 
adult and juvenile offenders in the United 
States. Other social issues and structures 
directly related to corrections are explored. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

204 

YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND 
SOCIAL CONTROL 

This course is designed to provide the 
student with a general understanding of 
juvenile deviance and state processes intended 
to interrupt youth deviance and juvenile 
delinquency, particularly in the juvenile 
justice system. Students will explore historical 
perspectives, deviant juvenile subculture, 
underlying philosophies, the formal processes 
and organization of juvenile justice systems, 
promising prevention/treatment approaches 
and juvenile probation practices. Students will 
be asked to think critically and offer solutions 
or strategies to a range of dilemmas confront- 
ing the juvenile justice system, including the 
transfer of juveniles to adult status and the 
movement to privatize juvenile justice 
services. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
instructor. 

340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular atten- 
tion is given to offender diagnostics and 
classification, treatment and supervision 
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga- 
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, and 
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
detemiine what works and why. The focus is 
on social, situational, and environmental 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 
ifocus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
'Dlace among "at risk" populations in schools, 
lieighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
WO or consent of instructor. 

1342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 
. Three major areas of organizational crimes 
^re covered, including traditional organized 
;rime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
primes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
linternational organized crime cabals, drug 
Tafficking and money laundering by the CIA, 
Dolitical bribe taking, government brutality 
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac- 
airing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 
faculty interest. This course may be repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
'pourse content differs. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability in 
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ- 
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

446 

USTICE AND PUBLIC POLICY 

This course focuses on the significance of 
public policy in influencing perceptions of 
justice, the mobilization of citizen activism, 
^nd citizens' everyday experiences with the 
state. Attention is given to the politics of 
enacting and implementing public policy, 
including the significance of front-line 
workers who have direct contact with citizens. 



Students explore these topics by focusing on 
issues of crime and social order. The signifi- 
cance of local innovations, both community 
and worker initiated, are analyzed as alterna- 
tives to fonnal public policy initiatives. 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and CJ 203; or 
consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS 
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 
requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral 
observation, survey and interview-based 
research, and limited quasi-experimental 
design studies. Emphasis is placed on con- 
ducting field research and communicating 
research in writing. Each student prepares a 
literature review and written research proposal 
that can be carried out while placed with a 
criminal justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and CJ 203, or 
consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing opportu- 
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each 
student completes an original research project 
under supervision of the instructor with input 
from the on-site agency representative. 
Students will prepare a comprehensive, 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS 



formal, written research paper on an appropri- 
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
crim inal jus tice coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
justice must get considerably advanced 
approval by the criminal justice coordinator. 
Criminal justice internships normally will not 
be approved for semesters during which 
practicums are also available. Internships are 
intended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
credits may be approved by the criminal 
justice coordinator. An example of an appro- 
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors 
Internship Program, which requires relocation 
to Washington, DC and participation in a full- 
time program that runs the duration of the 
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

N80 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific interests and topics not usually 
covered in regular courses. Through a 
program of readings and tutorials, the student 
will have the opportunity to pursue these 
interests and topics in greater depth than is 
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi- 
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice 
coordinator. 

N90 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Associate Professor: Madresehee 

(Chairperson) i 

Assistant Professor: Sprunger 
Instructor: Ghandi 

The Department of Economics offers two 
tracks. Track I (Managerial Economics) 
develops students' capacity to analyze the 
economic environment in which an organiza- 
tion operates and to apply economic reasoning 
to an organization's internal decision making. 
These courses have more of a managerial 
emphasis than traditional economics courses. 
Track II (General Economics) is designed to 
provide a broad understanding of economic, 
social, and business problems. In addition to 
preparing students for a career in business or 
government, this track provides an excellent 
background for graduate or professional 
studies. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 



Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 332 and 441; ACCT 
no and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 
338; and two other economics courses 
numbered 200 or above, excluding ECON 
349. 

Track II - General Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three 
other courses in economics. Depending on 
their academic and career interests, students 
are encouraged to select a minor in another 
department such as political science, philoso- 
phy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and 
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work - 
MATH 1 12 and 128; Track II majors - ACCT 
110 and either 130 or 344. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the comple- 
tion of ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 and three other eco- 
nomics courses numbered 200 or above, or any 
four economics courses numbered 200 or 
above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 120. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings. 



buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modern capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and sei'vices we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the finn and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institu- 
tions; capital markets, and international 
financial relations. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10. 

114 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^p 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
creation of an ecologically viable economy. 

229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 

An introduction to the nature and history of 
business fluctuations, the tools used in 
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modem statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and forecast 
different economic variables. Prerequisites: 
MATH 123, ECON 110 and 111: or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

236 
AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 

This course examines topics in American 
Economic History from the post-Civil War era 
through World War II. Topics covered 
include the causes of the rise of big business 
as the dominant means of production, the 
emergence of the union movement, the growth 
of the U.S. economy to the largest in the 
world, and the changing role of government in 
the economic system. 



240 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice oj 
economic geography with emphasis upon the 
historical dynamics of local, regional, and 
global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the competi- 
tive advantage of nations. These factors include 
resources such as food, energy, materials, and 
changing patterns of world population. Also 
included will be theoretical literature reparding 
locational decisions and choice, as well as the 
rapidly changing global economy in the context 
of trade theory and the shifting focus of 
international economics activity. 

327 

PUBLIC CHOICE 

This course focuses on the application of 
economics to the political processes of voting 
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
be the study of problems that can occur within 
the democratic process because the incentives 
given to public servants do not always match 
society's best interests. Policies and institu- 
tions that can improve such problems will be 
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
provide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary theory 
regarding consumer demand, production costs 
and theory, profit maximization, market 
structures, and the determinants of returns to the 
factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 . 
Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 
An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment levels, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 



and the use of monetary and fiscal policy. 
Prerequisite: ECON 110. A Iternate years. 

332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 1 1 1, or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 
11 1, or consent oj instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON 110 and 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
110 and 111. 



349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embodied 
in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON 110 and 111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



.EDUCATION 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, 
Hungerford (Chairperson), Jones 

Part-time Instructors: Furman, Gordon, 
Rhinehart, Salvatori 

The Education department offers Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher certification programs 
in elementary, secondary. Art (K-12), Foreign 
Language (K-12), Music (K-12), and Special 
Education (Cognitive, Behavior and Physical/ 
Health Disabilities). Education is not a major 
at Lycoming College. All students wishing to 
be certified in Elementary, Secondary Educa- 
tion areas, K-12 areas, or Special Education 
must choose a major from any offered by the 
College. 

All students seeking teacher certification 
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- 
or consent of the department within the five 
years before applying for the professional 
semester. All students must complete a 
minimum of 30 hours of observations and 
participation with the assigned cooperating 
teacher during the semester prior to their 
professional semester. 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC 
000, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior to 
being accepted to the professional semester. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 138 and 
EDUC 239 prior to being accepted to the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



professional semester as well as the necessary 
subject area courses. Students may earn 
secondary certification in one or more of the 
following certification areas: biology, chemis- 
try, citizenship (economics, history, political 
science), general science (astronomy, physics, 
biology, chemistry), mathematics, physics, and 
social sciences (psychology, sociology- 
anthropology). 

Students seeking K-12 certification must 
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 239 and the 
necessary subject area courses prior to being 
accepted to the professional semester. 
Students may earn K-12 certification in one or 
more of the following areas: Art, Music, 
French, German, and Spanish. 

Students seeking Special Education certifica- 
tion must complete PSY 138, PSY 216, EDUC 
000, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and 430 prior to 
being accepted to the professional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Education 
Handbook, which specifies the current require- 
ments for certification. Early consultation with 
a member of the Education Department is 
strongly recommended. Application for the 
professional semester must be made during the 
fall semester of the junior year. 

The Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester applicants who have 

(a) completed the participation requirements, 

(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a 
recommendation from the student's major 
department, (d) passed a screening and inter- 
view conducted by the Education Department, 

(e) passed the PPST Reading, Writing, and 
Math portions of the NTE exam, and 

(f) achieved an overall grade point average of 
3.00 or better. Major departments have differ- 
ent criteria for their recommendations; there- 
fore, the student should consult with the 
chairperson of the major department about 
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state 
requirements override any contractual agree- 
ment the student teacher has with the college 
via the catalogue under which they were 
admitted. 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 

• 



Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 48. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: EDUC 239, 343, 344, and 447. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
activities and knowledge which are helpful in 
the self-contained elementary classroom. 
Non-credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 

STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which influence 
American schools and teachers. Consideration 
is given to the school environment, the 
curriculum, and the children with the intention 
that students will examine more rationally their 
own motives for entering the profession. 

230 

INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL 

EDUCATION 

This course covers historical, philosophi- 
cal, and legal perspectives related to excep- 
tional students. All major areas of exception- 
ality are covered including those who are 
categorized as "gifted." A study of typical and 
atypical development of children provides the 
basis for an in-depth study of the characteris- 
tics and classifications of exceptional students. 
An emphasis is place upon the ethical and 
professional behaviors of teachers of students 
with disabilities in special education and/or 
regular classrooms settings including multi- 
cultural and multilingual situations. Prerequi- 
site: EDUC 200 or consent of department. 



232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments 
utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to development of the curriculum, state 
and national curriculum standards, and criteria 
for the evaluation of curricula and student pro- 
gress. A particular emphasis will be placed 
upon emerging issues and technology as they 
relate to curriculum. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. Prerequisites: PSY 138 
and EDUC 200 or consent of instructor. 

330 

READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 
ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION 

This course provides students seeking 
certification in Special Education with a course 
that addresses the assessment tools and the 
teaching strategies for evaluating reading needs, 
skills, and strengths and with specific teaching 
strategies to help special needs students 
accomplish reading success. Prerequisite: 
EDUC 344 or consent of department. 

331 

CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR 
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course provides information and 
experiences in assessment strategies, curricu- 
lum requirements, and planning for students 
with disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are 
covered. Curriculum for early intervention, 
elementary and secondary education, and 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 

• 



transition planning for adult life are included. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 230. 

332 

PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR 
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course investigates community based- 
services, professional organizations, support 
programs for parents and students, assistive 
technologies, and related services such as 
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo- 
retical perspectives of emotional and behav- 
ioral disorders and educational approaches to 
behavioral issues are discussed. Group 
processes and communication are studied. 
Significant field experiences are required. 
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331. 

340 

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

This course is intended for prospective 
elemen- tary and middle school teachers and is 
required for all those seeking elementary 
certification. Topics include number systems, 
computational algorithms, measurement, 
geometry, and children's development of 
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis 
on adapting instruction for diverse learners. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138, EDUC 200, and two 
courses in mathematics or consent of instructor. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 



342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and participa-{ 
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the 
creative writing of others. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an elemen- 
tary reading program from kindergarten through 
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a 
reading instructional program which reflects 
the nature of the learning process and recog- 
nizes principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 

• 



The Professional Semester 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUC445 Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particular 
consideration will be given to the appropriate 
age and developmental level of the students 
with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 
Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205, 
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 



448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the Middle 

Level and Secondary Schools 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

The K-12 Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the K-12 

Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or Secondary 
Methods 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary Schools (4 - 
semester hours/6 weeks) 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools (4 
semester hours/6 weeks) 

446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and tech- 
niques with emphasis on the student's major. 
Specific attention is given to structuring unit 
and lesson plans, maintaining classroom 
discipline, and to overall classroom manage- 
ment. Stress is placed on the selection and 
utilization of a variety of strategies, materials, 
and technologies to support learning for a 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



diverse student population. Students teach 
demonstration lessons in the presence of the 
instructor and members of the class and 
observe superior teachers in Lycoming County 
middle and secondary schools. Prerequisites: 
EDUC200, PSY 138, and pre-student 
teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a secondary school. Student 
teachers are required to follow the calendar of 
the school district to which they are assigned. 
Two units maximum. 

The Special Education 
Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Special 
Education Professional Semester: 

EDUC430 Methods of Teaching 

Students with Special Needs 

EDUC431 Current Issues in Special 

Education 

EDUC 432 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 

EDUC 433 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 



430 

METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS 
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

This course addresses planning and 
methods for teaching students with disabilities 
in all content areas. Integration of content and 
skill areas, least restrictive environment 
strategies including inclusion and resource 
room settings, and technology are stressed. 
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 330, 331, 
332, and 344. 

431 

CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECL\L EDUCATION 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 
This capstone course for Special Education 
requires students to reflect upon their course 
of study, field experiences, and student 
teaching; to research and analyze current 
issues in the field; and to complete their 
professional portfolios. The content of the 
course will vary according to the needs of 
students, current events, and issues in Special 
Education. 

432 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 

433 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
secondary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



Institution Name 


LYCOMING COLLEGE 


Aggregate and Summary 

Institution-Level Pass-Rate 

Data: Regular Teacher 

Preparation Program 


Institution Code 


2372 


State 


Pennsylvania 


Number of Program 
Completers Submitted 


62 


^^^^^^^^1 




< 


(ETS) 


Number of Program Completers 
found, matched, and used in 
passing rate Calculations' 


62 






Number of Individuals 
Licensed 




Educational 
Testing Service 

HEA - Title II 

2001-2001 Academic Year, 

Quartile Ranking 


Number of Out-Of-State 
Program Completers 




Number of In-State Program 
Completers 


10437 




Statewide 


Type of Assessment- 


Number 

Taking 

Assessments 


Number 

Passing 

Assessment4 


Institutional 
Pass 
Rate 


Institutional 

Quartile 

Rank 


Number 

Taking 

Assessment^ 


Number 

Passing 

Assessment' 


Statewide 
Pass 
Rate 


Aggregate - 
Basic Skills 


61 


61 


100% 


I 


9758 


9013 


92% 


Aggregate - 
Professional Knowledge 


59 


57 


97% 


1 


9196 


8496 


92%> 


Aggregate - 

Academic Content Areas 

(Math, English, Biology, etc.) 


64 


58 


91% 


II 


8369 


7524 


90% 


Aggregate - 
Other Content Areas 
(Career/Technical Education, 
Health Educations, etc.) 










741 


731 


99%, 


Aggregate - 

Teaching Special Populations 

(Special Education, ELS, etc.) 










1454 


1295 


89% 


Aggregate 

Performance Assessments 
















Summary Totals and Pass Rates' 


62 


55 


89% 


II 


9933 


8334 


84% 



The number of program completers found, matched and used in the passing rate calculation will not equal the sum of the 

column labeled "Number Taking Assessment" since a completer can take more than one assessment. 

^Institutions and/or States did not require the assessments within an aggregate where data cells are blank. 

^Number of completers who took one or more tests in a category and within their area of specialization. 

"Number who passed all tests they took in a category and within their area of specialization. 

^Summary Totals and Pass Rate: Number of completers who successfully completed one or more tests across all categories 

used by the state for licensure and the total passrate. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Hawkes, Moses, Rife 
Associate Professors: Feinstein (Chairperson), 
Hafer, Lewes 

The department offers two programs 
leading to the major in English: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose English as a liberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose English as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 



22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227; 
two from 3 11, 312, 313, 314, and 315; one 
from 335 and 336; and two electives from 
among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 22 1 ; 335; 336; 338; two 
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from 
311, 312, 313, 314, and 3 15; and one elective 
from among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200, 239, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 1 and 1 38; 
andTHEAlOO. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track II. Required courses are ENGL 240; 
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 
225, and 227; two from 311, 312, 313, 314 
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335 
and 336; two from 341, 342, 441, and 442 
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a mini- 
mum of twelve courses in English. Required 
courses are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two 
courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, 
and 227; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and 
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341, 
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one 
from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 

• 



200, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and 
THEA 100. 

! The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: ENGL 334. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
[courses, count toward the writing intensive 
, requirement: ENGL 225, 311, and 336. 

Minors 

j The department offers two minors in 
'English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
1200 level or above, at least three of which 
'must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
'chosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
1338; plus one writing-intensive course in 

literature at the 300 level. 

1105 

; INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 

j A review of grammar and an introduction to 
' college-level reading and writing. One unit 
, grade of "P" will be assigned when the student 
has successfully completed all of the work in 
the course. Required of, and limited to, those 
I who have not been exempted from ENGL 1 05. 

106 

j COMPOSITION 

I Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
I Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
1 ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
I position in various situations requiring the use 
I of written English. Credit may not he earned 
\ for both 106 and 107. 

I 107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 

Special emphasis on developing the writing 
I skills of students who have the potential to 
! benefit from advanced work. Placement by 

examination only. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 



215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements 
and structures of literary representation. Literature 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 
1 06 orl 7, or consent of instructor. 

217 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

An introduction to writing critically about 
literary texts. Workshop setting offers inten- 
sive practice in the writing and critiquing of 
papers. Designed for beginning students of 
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors or 
seniors except for newly declared majors or 
with consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

A survey of literary forms, dominate ideas, 
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon 
period through the 1 8"" century. Emphasis on 
such writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa- 
tive works from Beowulf io Bumey's Evelina. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th 
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as 
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown- 
ing, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor. 

222 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the 
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and 
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. or 
consent of instructor. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 

• 



223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from 1865 
to 1945 , emphasizing such authors as Twain, 
James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, 
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instj-uctor. 

lis 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, 
satire, and love poetry. Writers studied include 
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN LITERATURE III 

Survey of American literature from 1945 to 
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow, 
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop, 
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 
Workshop discussions, structured exercises, 
and readings in contemporary literature to 
provide practice and basic instruction in the 
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry 
and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical History 
to Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric, 
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis 
on the cultural context from which these forms 
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary forms 
of the Renaissance. Authors studied will include 



Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney, 
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period (1789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Victorian period (1832- 
1901) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas 
where competence will be expected in the 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 

THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLIS? 



land the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

331 

20TH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
of such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
special emphasis on the relationship of their 
works to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of insti-uctor. 

332 

20TH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modem and contemporary poets including 
Yeats, Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore, 
Eliot, Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman, 
Lowell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath, 
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since 
its explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of literature by women represent- 
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
a particular theme significant to women 
writers from more than one cultural back- 
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

335 
CHAUCER 

Concentrated study of The Canterbury Tales 
with emphasis on the variety of medieval 
narrative genres represented. Chaucer's Tales 
will be read in Middle English. The course 



includes a brief study of language develop- 
ment to Chaucer, a study of Middle English 
sufficient to comprehend Chaucer, and an 
examination of the cultural traditions that 
inform Chaucer's works. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems 
(traditional, structural, transformational) to 
identify their strengths and weaknesses. 
Attention is also given to larger issues, 
including language change, the politics of 
language, the creation of meaning, language 
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intennediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, where 
the student is trained to hear language at work. 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



and exercises. Designed to entiance skills in both 
practical criticism and in creative writing, this 
course will pay particular attention to theories 
concerned with the relationship between form 
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 
or consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
fiction based on those theories. Authors will 
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and 
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 341. 



442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short : 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged I 
to develop and control his or her individual 
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 342. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 I 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) | 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women writers; 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf" 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor: MacKenzie 
Associate Professor: Buedel 
Assistant Professors: Calatayud, 

Heysel (Chairperson), Kingery 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Cartal-Falk 
Visiting Instructor: McNemey 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to 
careers in business, government, publishing, 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



education, journalism, social agencies, 
translating, and writing. It prepares for 
graduate work in literature or linguistics and 
the international fields of politics, business, 
law, health, and area studies. 

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offered as 
major fields of study. The major consists of 
at least 32 semester hours of courses num- 
bered 1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to 
pursue graduate study in a foreign language 
should take additional 400-level hours in 
literature. Majors seeking teacher certifica- 
tion are advised to begin the study of a second 
foreign language. 

The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields or a 
second major, and also individual or estab- 
lished interdisciplinary majors combining 
interest in several literatures or area or cross- 
cultural studies; for example. International 
Studies, 20th Century Studies, the Major in 
Literature. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that language 
majors study in a department-approved 
program for a semester or more as part of 
their major. Approved programs are available 
in Austria (the Institute for the International 
Education of Students), France (Boston 
University, the Institute for the International 
Education of Students), Germany (the Goethe 
Institute, the Institute for the International 
Education of Students), Mexico (Cemanahuac 
Educational Community), and Spain (Tandem 
Escuela Intemacional, the Center for Cross- 
Cultural Studies, Indiana University of PA). 
Interested students should begin planning 
with their major advisor by the tlrst week of 
the semester prior to departure. To qualify, 
students must have soph-omore standing or 
better, an overall GPA of 2.50, and a GPA of 
3.00 in language courses. Other qualifications 
include recommendation from faculty in the 
major and completion of specific courses in 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



language, literature, or culture. In addition, 
the department offers overseas internships 
through the approved programs. They 
typically require substantial language skills 
and junior or senior standing. 

CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must 
complete at least two of the following six 
options: ( 1 ) appropriate study abroad for a 
minimum of 6 weeks; (2) an internship; 
(3) department-approved volunteer work or 
tutoring in the foreign language; (4) FRN 418, 
GERM 418, or SPAN 418 with a grade of C 
or better; (5) secondary teaching certification 
in French, German, or Spanish; (6) a Praxis 
test in French, German, or Spanish passed 
with a score approved by the department. 

If the colloquia and other two require- 
ments have not been met by the end of the 
first semester of the senior year, the student 
must submit to the chair of the departinent a 
plan signed by the advisor showing when and 
how these requirements will be completed. 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES (FLL) 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors 
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, 
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, 
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works 
read in English translation will vary and be 
organized around a different theme or topic; 
recent topics have been existentialism, 
modernism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th 
century Scandinavian and German prose 
writers. Prerequisite: None. Taught in 
English. May be repeated for credit with 



consent of instructor. May be accepted towarc 
the English major with consent of the Depart- 
ment of English. 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS I 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 
including work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Depart- 
ment of Education to fulfill the requirements of £ 
participation experience in area schools in the 
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count 
toward majors in French, German, and Spanish 

449 

JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 

This colloquium offers French, German, 
and Spanish majors the opportunity to meet 
regularly with peers, professors, and invited 
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, 
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student 
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least 
one oral presentation per semester. Prerequi- 
site: junior standing. The department recom- 
mends that, when possible, students take one 
semester of 449 during their junior year and 
another semester during their senior year 
Taught in English. The Colloquium will meet c 
minimum of 6 times during the semester for 1 
hour each session. After successful completion 
of two semesters of the Colloquium, a student 
may enroll for additional semesters on a pass- 
fail basis and no oral presentation will be 
required. Non-credit course. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



emester hours from 402, 412 and 427. 
French majors must pass at least two semes- 
ers of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional require- ments as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 105. Students 
a ho wish to be certified for secondary 
caching must complete the major with at 
least a 3.00 GPA and pass FRN 221-222, 228, 
418, and FLL 338 (the latter course with a 
^rade of B or better). 

] The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: FRN 228. The 
following course, when scheduled as a W 
bourse, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: FRN 222. 

iMinor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
Semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 
i Review and development of the fundamen- 
tals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
comprehension, reading, and writing. In- 
cludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi- 
site: FRN 112 or equivalent. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



228 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students 
with political and social structures and 
cultural attituds in contemporary French 
society. Material studied may include such 
documents as newspaper articles, interviews 
and sociological surveys, and readings in 
history, religion, anthropology, and the arts. 
Some attention to the changing education 
system and the family and to events and ideas 
which have shaped French society. May 
include some comparative study of France 
and the United States. Prerequisite: FRN 
221 or consent of instructor. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the French- 
speaking world. Possible topics or genres 
include: Francophone short stories; modem 
French theatre; French-speaking women 
writers; French and Francophone poetry; 
Paris and the Avant-garde. Prerequisite: FRN 
221 or consent of the instructor. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and 
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson 
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Corneille, 
Racine, Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. 
Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 19TH 
CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Mallarme. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, 
oral and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisite: One course from FRN 402, 412, 
423. 427: or consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, 
Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, 
Saint-Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" 
(Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), 
and the poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the 
Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), 
Saint-John Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and 
others. Some attention to works of French- 
speaking African writers. Prerequisite: FRN 
222 or 228, or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
translation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GERMAN (GERM) 
Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above or approved courses from a 
Study Abroad program One unit of FLL 225 



may be included in the major with permission. 
GERM 431 or 44 1 is required of all majors. 
German majors must pass at least two semes- 
ters of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 1 10. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222. 323, 325,418, and either 431 or 441. In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses 
for the major. In addition to the 32 semester 
hours of courses for the major they must also 
pass FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. AIL 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: GERM 221 and 222. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: GERM 431 and 441. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. One unit of FLL 225 may be 
included in the minor with permission. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
and reading with a view to building confi- 
dence in self-expression. Prerequisite: GERM 
102 or equivalent. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



221-222 

iCOMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

j This sequence of courses is designed to 
jreview and develop skills in speaking, listening, 
'writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary 
Ibuilding are stressed with intensive review, 
writing practice and some reading on contem- 
porary issues in German-speaking countries. 
[Prerequisite: GERM 112 or equivalent. 

323 

•SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Gemian literature, 
[representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
ISwitzerland. The course deals with literature 
land culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

[325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

jLITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

I Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
|Sw itzerland. The course deals with literature 
[and culture from the 19th century through the 
jI960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent 
\of instructor. 
411 

!the novelle 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who want to improve their spoken and written 
German. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, translation, and the 



development of the language and its relation- 
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or 
consent of instructor. 

421 

GERMAN POETRY 

A study of selected poets or the poetry of 
various literary periods. Possible topics include: 
Romantic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and selected 
contemporary poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 
or 325, or consent of instructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A study of the life and works of Goethe. 
Goethe's significance in the Classical period 
and later. Readings in the major works. 
Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or consent of 
instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN 
LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, Swit- 
zerland and Austria covering the period from 
the 1960's to the present. Readings selected 
from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, 
Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass, 
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 323 
or 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Durrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 

HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 



>003-()4 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



SPANISH (SPAN) 
Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
approved courses from a Study Abroad 
program. One course must focus on literature 
from Spain and one course must focus on 
literature from Latin America. SPAN 315 and 
other approved topics courses may focus on 
Hispanic literatures with representative 
readings from both Spain and Latin America. 
When this is the case, the course may count 
toward the major requirement in either 
Spanish or Latin American literature. Eight 
semester hours must be at the 400 level, not 
including 449. Spanish majors must pass at 
least two semesters of FLL 449 and complete 
two of the additional requirements as ex- 
plained under the Capstone Experience 
section. Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass SPAN 221, 
222, 3 1 1 , 4 1 8 and FLL 338 (the latter with a 
grade of B or better). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 
311. The following courses, when scheduled 
as W courses, count toward the writing 
intensive requirement: SPAN 323, 325, 418, 
and 424. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 



111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth 
grammar review. Designed to provide greater 
breadth and fluency in spoken and written 
Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 112 or equiva- 
lent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institu- 
tions, with reference to the geographic and 
historical forces governing present-day Spain 
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

315 

INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC 
LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course include 
both Spanish and Latin American literatures 
designed to acquaint the student with signifi- 
cant Hispanic authors and literary movements. 
The course deals with genre study, literary 
tenns in Spanish, literary concepts and forms, 
as well as the basic skills of literary analysis. 
The course counts toward the requirement in 
the major as either a course in the literature of 
Spain or in the literature of Latin America. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the Spanish- 
speaking world. Possible topics or genres 
include: Latin American short stories; modem 
Spanish theatre; Latin American women 
writers; Chicano literature. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 222 or consent of the instructor. May 
be repeated for credit with consent of 
instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
import-ant periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
[the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or 
[consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

:325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 
i Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
isocio-economic developments. The course 
jdeals with the literature, especially the essay 
.and poetry, from the 1 6th century to the 
spresent. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. AUernate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
w lid wish to improve their spoken and written 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehension, 
pronunciation, oral and written composition, 
.and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN 
course at the 300 level or consent of instructor. 
Alternate rears. 




424 

SPANISH LITERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 1 6th and 1 7th centuries. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 

LITERATURE 

Readings of important works in modem 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modemist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisite: 
n\'o Spanish courses at the 300 level, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson, Morris, Piper 
Associate Professor: Witwer (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Chandler 

A major consists of 1 courses, including 
HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, and 449. At least seven courses 
must be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236, 
PSCI 22 1 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other 
appropriate courses outside the department may 
be counted upon departmental approval. For 
history majors who student teach in history, the 
major consists of nine courses. In addition to 
the courses listed below, special courses, inde- 
pendent study, and honors are available. Special 
courses recently taught and anticipated include a 
biographical study of European Monarchs, the 
European Left, the Industrialization and 
Urbanization of Modem Europe, Utopian 
Movements in America , the Peace Movement 
in America, The Vietnam War, and American 
Legal History. History majors are encouraged 
to participate in the internship program. 



Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140, 220, 
230 and 240. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: HIST 218, 230, 
247, 330, 332, 335, 443, and 449. 

Minor | 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
125,1 26, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 and/or 220 
may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 110, J 
1 1 1 and three courses in European history 1 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six 
courses in history, of which three must be 
chosen from HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and 
three must be history courses numbered 200 
and above. 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1815 to the present. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial 
policy, the independence movements, and the 
development of modem institutions and 
governments in Latin America. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1 60 1 - 1 877 

A study of the people, measures, and 
movements which have been significant in the 
(development of the United States between 
i 1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the 
Iproblems of minority groups as well as to 
(majority and national influences. 

|126 

|UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-PRESENT 
j A study of people, measures, and movements 
Swhich have been significant in the development 
of the United States since 1877. Attention is 
jpaid to the problems of minority groups as well 
I as to majority and national influences. 



140 



•SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
i history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
on political and economic development in the 

lUnited States. Alternate Years. 
i 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

{ A study of the ancient western world, includ- 
ing the foundations of the western tradition in 
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the 
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and 
its transformation into the Empire. The course 
jwill focus on the social and intellectual life of 
jGreece and Rome as well as political and 
economic changes. Alternate years. 

in 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 
The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation; 
the development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of 
the towns. Alternate years. 



215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

An in-depth study of the changing nature of 
war and its relationship to the development of 
Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development 
of the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of 
irrationalism, the origins of the First World 
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions, 
and the attempts to preserve peace before 1 939. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 1 1 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945. 
Topics include the post-war economic recovery 
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe, 
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, 
and the flowering of the welfare state. Prereq- 
uisite: HIST III or consent of instructor. 

IIQ 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the American 
Revolution, the critical period following 
independence, and proposal and adoption of 
the United States Constitution. Alternate years. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



230 

AFRO- AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
tion of Afro-Americans in the United States. 
The course includes historical experiences 
such as slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and 
urbanization. It also raises the issue of the 
development and growth of white racism, and 
the effect of this racism on contemporary Afro- 
American social, intellectual, and political 
1 i fe . A Iternate years. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 
1 9th Century. Particular attention will be given 
to the Communist Revolution and the develop- 
ments in China since Mao's death. Alternate 
years. 

141 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
from the Gilded Age to the present. This course 
explores the rise of organized crime and its 
ties to the urban political machines as well as 
the segregated vice districts of Nineteenth 
Century America. Students study the rise of 
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with 
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much 
of the course centers on the role that organized 
crime has played in American society through 
such activities as labor racketeering, organized 
gambling, and smuggling. The course also 
explores different law enforcement efforts 
mounted against organized crime over time, 
culminating with the most recent use of broad 
conspiracy laws. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the 
European-states system and the relations 
between the European states since the begin- 
ning of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: 
HIST 111 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 



322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 

NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from I 
the revolutions of 1 848 through the unification 
of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence of 
the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special consideration 
is given to the first and second party systems, 
the decline in community cohesiveness, the 
westward movement, and the growing impor- 
tance of the family as a unit of social organiza- 
tion. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 10 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and 
the bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 
1877. 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and intellec- 
tual developments in America in the years 
following World War II. The course reviews 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



both foreign policy developments in those 
years and the various social movements that 
swept across the country, including civil 
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and 
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which 
are historically related to its inception, and of 
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the 
fonnulation of the major Reformation Protestant 
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation. 
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the 
Reformation Era. Alternate years. 

418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and 
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe. 
The various combinations of social and 
political circumstances which constitute the 
historical context of these intellectual devel- 
opments will be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its 
colonial antecedents through reconstruction. 



Among the topics considered are Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism, community life and 
organization, education, and social reform 
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses from 
HIST 125, 126, 230: or consent of instructor. 

443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the topics 
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism, 
community life and organization, education 
and social reform movements. Prerequisite: 
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230: or 
consent of instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will 
provide the opportunity to explore these 
approaches in terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
Prerequisite: One course from HIST 328, 
330, 335 or 416. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, political 
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
relations before the American Revolution, and 
the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



-•t 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Director) 

The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or 
economics. It does this by offering an expanded 
internship program, special seminars on 
important management topics, student involve- 
ment in faculty research and professional 
projects, executive development seminars, and a 
Management Scholars program for academi- 
cally talented students (described below). In 
addition, the IMS hosts guest speakers and 
conferences on current management issues. 

All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 



210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
offered at least once a year. Completion of 
two semesters required by the Management 
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of credit. 
Prerequisite: Membership in the Management 
Scholars Program or consent of IMS Director. 
May be repeated for credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 

A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions, J 

although part-time and unpaid positions are ' 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 

IMS Scholars Program \ 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student J 
must satisfy the following criteria: ' 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successftilly complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 
IMS departments. The seminars are normally 
offered as one semester-hour courses and do 
not result in overload charges for full-time 
students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both programs. 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, political, 
and historical environment of Europe today 
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest 
of the world, particularly the United States. It 
stresses the international relations of the North 
Atlantic community and offers the student 
opportunity to emphasize either European 
studies or international relations. The program 
provides multiple perspectives on the cultural 
traits that shape popular attitudes and institu- 
tions. Study of a single country is included as a 
data-base for comparisons, and study of its 
language as a basis for direct communication 
with its people. 

The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. International 
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- 
ernment agencies and a w ide range of business, 
social, religious, and educational organizations. 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



Opportunities are found in the fields of 
journalism, publishing, communications, 
trade, bank-ing, advertising, management, and 
tourism. The program also offers flexible 
career preparation in a variety of essential 
skills, such as research, data analysis, report 
writing, language skills, and the awareness 
necessary for dealing with people and institu- 
tions of another culture. Preparation for 
related careers can be obtained through the 
guided selection of courses outside the major 
in the areas of business, economics, foreign 
languages and literatures, government, history, 
and international relations or through a second 
major. Students should design their programs 
in consultation with members of the Commit- 
tee on International Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as the affiliate programs in 
England, France and Spain on page 49, as well 
as the Washington and United Nations 
semesters. 




The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: INST 449. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or | 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the international system and of Europe's 
relations with the rest of the worid. PSCI 225 
is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomafic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, J 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and economic 
environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

HIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5 -Present 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 




program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France FRN 228 Modem France 

Germany HIST N80 Topics in 

German History 
Spain SPAN 3 1 1 Hispanic Culture 

Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
HIST 1 10, 21 5; PSCI 327; related foreign 
literature courses counting toward the fine arts 
requirement and internships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent indepen- 
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons from 
outside the major and the College. Prerequi- 
site: Consent oj instructor. 



LITERATURE (lid 

This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200 
and above in English and 400 and above in 
foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, a 
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond 
these six, the major must include at least two 
additional courses from among those counting 
toward a major in the departments involved. 
Any prerequisite courses in the respective 
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN 
221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222, SPAN 221- 
222) should be taken during the freshman year. 
Students should design their programs in 
consultation with a faculty member from each 
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the 
major must be approved by the departments 
involved. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 





n 




B 


wd 




^^^H^*^ 


■ 




w\ 


■Mj^^^zfl 


'Mik, 


;,:■ '■ ' 


---•-«. i^^ 


MJ 




ii 




k 


^PH 




,m 


■ 


hi 


^Ki^l 


^1^ 



MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Golshan, 

Peluso (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Yin 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 
Davis 

The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science consists 
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or 
128; one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 
125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three 
other computer science courses numbered 220 
or above including approved internships, or 
MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 17 courses: MATH 128, 129, 216 and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 
445, 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 1 10-1 11, CHEM 1 10-1 1 1, or PHYS 225- 
226; and one additional course from the 
following list of courses: Biology course 



numbered 1 10 or above. Chemistry course 
numbered 1 1 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214, 
231,233,234,238,332,333. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 129 
and 130. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of g 
MATH 2 1 6, CPTR 1 25, 246, 247, and two other ] 
computer science courses numbered 220 or above. 1 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the Windows environment. Owe- 
halfiinit of credit. This course may not be 
used to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 

An introduction to the use of computers in 
problem solving and programming. Included , 
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and 
programming. The course teaches the use of 
simple techniques in areas such as number 
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the 
mathematics of business and finance. The 
programming component of the course is 
currently based on the Visual Basic program- 
ming language. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical modeling 
and problem solving. Laboratory experience 
is included using current software. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of computer 
science with emphasis on programming utili- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



zing a block-structured high-level programming 
language. Topics include algorithms, program 
structure, and computer configuration. 
Laboratory experience is included. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

|246 

'PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

j Principles of effective programming, 
including structured and object oriented 
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
I proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
■decision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in CPTR 125. 

1247 
DATA STRUCTURES 

I Representation of data and analysis of 

' algorithms associated with data structures. 

' Topics include representation of lists, trees, 
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching 
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 

\ better in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor. 

\Corequisite: MATH 216. 

248 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 

Study of modem programming language 
i design and implementation. Paradigms studied 

include procedural, functional, logic, and object- 
i oriented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data 
i types, data structures, storage management, 
j and control structures. Laboratory experience 

is included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

1321 

' INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of 

! roots and functions, integration, systems of 
differen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisite: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; 
MA TH 130 strongly recommended. Cross- 
listed as MATH 321. 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
ANDCOMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot be 
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as MA TH 324. A Iternate years. 

331 

COMPUTER NETWORKS 

This course introduces the following 
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN, 
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies, 
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and 
wiring technologies. Students will set up a 
LAN using a mix of available operating systems 
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intennediate programming on the World Wide 
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues 
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java, 
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or consent 
of instructor Alternate years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color 
models, and rendering. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor; 
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 

AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



path and control, pipelined processors, 
memory hierarchies, and performance issues. 
Laboratory experience is included. Pre- 
requisite: A grade ofC- or better in CPTR 
246; CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 
349 
DATABASE SYSTEMS 

An in-depth introduction to the relational 
database model and SQL. Topics include but 
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
calculus, normalization, design theory of 
relational databases, SQL standards, and query 
optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

441 

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction to the theory, implementation 
techniques, and applications of artificial 
intelligence. Topics may include but are not 
limited to knowledge representation, problem 
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 24 7. A Iternate years. 

442 

INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 

Designing, building and programming 
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are 
covered which may include control theory, 
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is 
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

445 

OPERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, 
file management, real and virtual memory 
management, file and memory addressing, and 
distributed processing. Prerequisite: CPTR 
247 and 346. 

448 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, 
development and documentation of a signifi- 
cant current, relevant problem and its com- 



puter-based solution. 
Alternate years. 



Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 



470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit 
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR 
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 
434, and two other mathematics courses 
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be 
replaced by MATH 1 1 2, 2 1 4 or 2 1 6. In 
addition, four semesters of non-credit math 
Colloquium are required: two semesters each 
of MATH 339 and MATH 449 with at least 
two of the four semesters for a letter grade, 
one of which must be in MATH 449. 
Students who are interested in pursuing a 
career in actuarial science should consider the 
actuarial mathematics major. 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifi- 
cation in mathematics are also required to 
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123, 
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect 
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other 
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10, 
138; EDUC 200, 239, 446, 447, 449. 

In addition to the regular courses listed below, 
special courses are occasionally available. 

The following course, when scheduled as a W 
course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: MATH 234. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
1 28, 1 29, and either 2 1 6 or 234; two additional 
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which 
may be replaced with MATH 1 30; and two 
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 with at least 
one semester for a letter grade. 



I 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MAIHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

I A computer-based program of instruction 
lin basic algebra including arithmetic and 
'decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational expo- 
inents, algebraic functions, exponential 
Ifunctions, and inequalities. This course is 
ilimited to students placed therein by the 
jMathematics Department. One-half unit of 
credit. 

106 

(COMBINATORICS 

' An introduction to the analysis of counting 
I problems. Topics include permutations, 
i combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
jsion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
(nature of the subject allows questions to be 

posed in everyday language while still 
I developing soph-isticated mathematical 
; concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 

exemption from MATH 100. 

il09 

I APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

' An intuitive approach to the calculus 
( concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. 

112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabilistic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00. 



123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical descrip- 
tive statistics, discrete and continuous probabil- 
ity distributions. Central Limit Theorem, one- 
and two-sample hypotheses tests, analysis of 
variance, chisquared tests, nonparametric tests, 
linear regression and correlation. Other topics 
may include index numbers, time series, 
sampling design, and experimental design. 
Course also includes some use of a microcom- 
puter. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
MATH 100 

ni 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), 
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose 
major specifically requires Precalculus. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external 
problems, areas of plane regions, volumes of 
solids of revolution, and other applications; 
differentiation and integration of transcendental 
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi- 
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series 
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128: 
Exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in 
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption 
from or a grade ofC- or better in MA TH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of linear 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^9 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



mappings. The fixed point problem. Special 
classes of matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 127 
or its equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and 
numeration, computational algorithms, environ- 
mental and transformation geometry, measure- 
ment, and mathematical concept formation. 
Observation and participation in Greater 
Williamsport elementary schools. Prerequi- 
site: PSY 138 and credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. Corequisite: Any EDUC 
course numbered 341 or above which is speci- 
fically required fi)r elementafy certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in 
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332. 

216 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete staictures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, parti- 
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc- 
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic, 
discrete number systems, elementary combina- 
torial theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean 
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 



231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetennined I 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: /. 
grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH 13C 
recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and i 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- d 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matrices; 
lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector fiinctions of 
a single variable, acceleration, curvature; m 

functions for several variables, gradient; line ' 
integrals, vector fields, multiple integrals, change 
of variable, areas, volumes; Green's theorem. 
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in MA TH 
129, and either MATH 130 or 231. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



I 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver- 
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi- 
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
strongly recommended Cross-listed as CPTR 
h21. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MA TH 238. Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 

IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 
familiarize the student with the various 



curriculum proposals, to provide for innova- 
tion within the existing curriculum, and to 
expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
better in MATH 129; student must he junior or 
senior mathematics major enrolled in the 
secondary certification program. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera- 
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MA TH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MA TH 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MA TH 234. 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE 



-«( 




339 i& 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This required non-credit course for math- 
ematics majors and minors and actuarial 
mathematics majors offers students a chance 
to hear presentations on topics related to, but 
not directly covered in formal MATH 
courses. Mathematics majors present two 
lectures, one during the junior year and one 
during the senior year. Actuarial mathematics 
majors and mathematics minors present one 
lecture during one of the semesters in which 
they are enrolled. A letter grade will be given 
in semesters in which the student gives a 
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 
instructor. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Anny Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoming 
College students in cooperation with Bucknell 
University. Details of the ROTC program can 
be found on page 4 1 . 

The following courses may be used to fiilfill 
one semester of the Physical Activities Distribu- 
tion Requirement: 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 . 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
Army as a potential employer after graduation. 
Students will learn about the Army's history, 
organization, equipment, and role in the 
nation. Students will also learn some funda- 
mental military skills, customs, and traditions. 
No credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MILITARY SCIENCE 

« 




012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marks- 
manship skills. There will also be training in 
radio communication and first aid skills. No 
credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instmc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept. 



personal character, decision-making, imple- 
menting decisions, motivation and supervision. 
The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



MUSIC (Mus) 



Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 

Visiting Instructor: Woodruff 

Part-time Instructors: Adams, Baker, Breon, 
Campbell, Fisher, Hickey, Lakey, Levell, 
Lundquist, Miller, Rammon, Spencer, 
Woods 

The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 
169). The major must include at least one-half 
hour of piano in the applied program unless a 
piano proficiency test is requested and passed. 
Anyone declaring music as a second major 
must do so by the beginning of the junior year. 

Music majors seeking teacher certification 
in music education (K-12) must also take PSY 
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 
department as soon as possible, preferably 
before scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
116,117,128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be used 
to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present formal recitals. 




The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: MUS 116, 128, and 
234. The following course, when scheduled 
as a W course, counts toward the writing 
intensive requirement: MUS 336. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
who have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
musicianship through application of applied 
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
niques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
tion through careful and informed listening. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of 
American music from pre-Revolutionary days to 
the present. Categories to be covered are folk 
music of different origins, the development of 
show music into Broadway musicals, serious 
concert music for large and small ensembles, 
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan 
Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvisa- 
tion and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS 
136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THE A 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135- 
136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cour of 1 7th century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for THEA 137 or 138. Cross- 
listed as THEA 137. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the fonns of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of 



instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
THEA 137 or 138. Cros.s-listed as THEA 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY 111 AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS HI. 

114 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intennediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 

• 



consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235- 
236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and 
non-majors who wish to explore their 
composing abilities. Guided individual 
projects in smaller instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with identification and use of 
techniques employed by the major composers 
of the 20th 

century. Prerequisite: MUS 11 1 or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development, 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instmmental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres- 
sive, and infomied conducting. Other areas 
such as the development of rehearsal tech- 
niques and improvement of aural skills will be 
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisite: 
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras. 



336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modem eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instmments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instrumen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 1 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the elementary school with emphasis on 
conceptual development through singing, 
moving, listening, playing classroom instm- 
ments, and creating music. Course work will , 
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical 
use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as 
observation of music classes in elementary 
schools in the Greater Williamsport area. 
Alternate years. 

341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills for 
effective instmction in all aspects of music j 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
conducting of choral and instmmental en- 
sembles, will be examined. Course work will 
include evaluation of instmctional and 
perfomiance materials, practical use of the 
recorder and guitar in middle school settings, 
as well as observation of music classes in 
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport 
area. Alternate vears. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
st\le of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instmmental and vocal 
forms, together with analysis of selected 
works from the 20th century repertory. Pre- 
requisite: MUS 330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1 900- 1914. Prerequisite: MUS US. 11 7 or 
221; or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOCi 



Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One 
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if 
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles 
(for more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four aca- 
demic courses. 

Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsi- 
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, 
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166, 
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional 
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this 
regional ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. 
is contingent upon audition and the availabil- 
ity of openings. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in 
orchestra only should register for MUS 167B 
(one hour credit). A student may belong to 
two ensembles, choosing either Choir or 
Concert Band as the second group. Such a 
student will then register for MUS I67A (1/2 
hour credit) plus either MUS 168A (1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 

The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an en- 
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing 
quality choral literature while developing 
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 



^^ 



LYCOMFNC. COLLEGE 



MUSIC 

• 



semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two different 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band 
as the second ensemble. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 168 A ( 1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169 A (Band - 1/2 hour credit). 
If a student has auditioned and been selected 
for the Chamber Choir (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 168C in 
addition to registering for the Lycoming 
College Choir. 

169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Participation in the Band is contingent upon 
audition. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in Band only should 
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles, 
choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the 
second group. Such a student will then 



register for MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the wood- 
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 
169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL 
METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with i 

fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods 1 and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 




PHILOSOPHY (PHIL) 

Professors: S. Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

Part-time Instructor: Chappen 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 
A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law. and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at 
least four others numbered 225 or above. 
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major 
only once. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 



requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 , 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers three 
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of 
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or 
above, or any five philosophy courses which 
include three numbered 220 or above. 
(2) A minor in philosophy and law consists of 
four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335, 
337, 340 and independent studies. (3) A 
minor m philosophy and science consists of 
four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340 
and independent studies. Since topics in PHIL 
340 and independent studies vary, these 
courses may count toward a minor only if they 
are approved by the department. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 



105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair 
distribution of goods and opportunities, the 
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to busi- 
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of 
the suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to deal with these issues. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between mind and 
body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 



and the problem of personal identity. Not 
open to juniors and seniors except with 
consent of instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaning 
are illustrated by means of practical examples, 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

A systematic and philosophically informed 
consideration of some typical moral problems 
faced by individuals in a business setting, and 
a philosophical examination of some common 
moral criticisms of the American business 
system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in 
connection with the American criminal justice 
system. Typically included are controversies 
about the nature and purpose of punishment, 
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct 
understanding of criminal responsibility, and 
the rationale and extent of our basic human 
rights with respect to the criminal law. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 



219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from 
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to 
the relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modem symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
logic of propositional functions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 



various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of reli- 
gious discourse, arguments for and against the 
existence of God, and the relation between reli- 
gion and science. Readings from classical and 
contemporary sources. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John 
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
well as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
With consent of the instructor, this course may 
be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the indepen- 
dent and the cooperative aspects of philo- 
sophical research and writing. Each student 
undertakes an approved research project and 
produces a substantial philosophical paper. 
Open only to, and required of, senior philoso- 
phy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructor: Dill 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successftilly complete any 
[combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1 . Designated Physical Activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses (Oil, 
021,031.041). 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

102 

[physical EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 
j This topics course satisfies one-half 
^semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on 
the potential use of activities as recreational 
and leisure time interests. 



105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes 
meet twice a week with basic instruction in 
fund- amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of 
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure time 
interests. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two fiill 
seasons must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. It is the 
student's responsibility to withdraw from the 
course should they not complete the season. 

110 -BASKETBALL 
111 -CROSSCOUNTRY 
112 -FOOTBALL 
113 -GOLF 
114 -SOCCER 
115 -SOFTBALL 
116 -SWIMMING 
117 -TENNIS 
118 -TRACK 
119 -VOLLEYBALL 
120 -WRESTLING 
121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of wellness study. Wellness courses 
meet two hours per week covering various 
topics that may include Stress Management. 
Preventing Communicable Diseases, Personal 
Health and Wellness, and other current health 
issues. These courses promote student 
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well 
as their post graduate years. This course may 
he repeated with the same topics only with 
departmental consent. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

• 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that 
may include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness during 
their stay at Lycoming as well as their post 
graduate years. This course may be repeated 
with the same topic only with departmental 
consent. 

106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of 
injury and illness. American Red Cross First 
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon 
successful completion of the course. 

COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week in 
a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

777/5 course satisfies one semester of 
community service. An experiential learning 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote students' 
personal and social development as well as civic 
responsibility. May not be repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

777/5 course satisfies one semester of 
community service. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in a 
somewhat more sophisticated level of learning 
and service. Prerequisite: COMS 105. 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professor: Roskin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Williamson 
Part-time Instructors: Smith, Wishard 



1 



The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at 
the international, national, state, and local 
levels. Majors are encouraged to develop their 
skills to make independent, objective analyses 
which can be applied to the broad spectrum of 
the social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major 
can provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative 
work in federal, state, or local governments, 
international organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach second- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



1 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



ary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 98. 

A major in Political Science consists often 
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400; 
two courses in American politics from PSCI 
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course 
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 
335, and 436; two courses in World Politics 
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and 
two additional Political Science courses. CJ 
446 may be substituted for one of these 
additional courses. Prospective majors are 
encouraged to take PSCI 106 in their freshman 
year. An exemption will be granted only if it 
strengthens the student's program. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSCI 221 and 327. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSCI 210, 334 and 400. 

Minors 

For non-majors, the department offers three 
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of 
any four courses number 200 or above excluding 
PSCI 2 1 and 400; a minor in World Politics 
consists of four courses selected from PSCI 22 1 , 
225, 243, 327 or 439; and a minor in Legal 
Studies consists of four courses selected from 
PSCI 33 1 , 332, 334, 335, or 436. Students are 
encouraged to consult with department mem- 
bers on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

110 

U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

The ideologies, institutions, and processes 
of American politics at the national level, with 
attention to the internal workings of govern- 



ment and the extra-governmental actors — 
including voters, political parties, and interest 
groups — that influence policy. 

210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the mass 
media on American society. Consideration of 
how the media form attitudes, nominate and 
elect candidates, cover news, and monitor govern- 
mental activities as well as possible remedies to 
media-related problems. Alternate years. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

212 

POLITICAL PARTIES 

The role and impact of political parties in 
America, focusing on theories of individual 
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organi- 
zations and activities, and partisan perfor- 
mance in government. Alternate years. 

213 

CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS 

Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing 
internal structure and operations, rules and 
procedures, party leadership, committee system, 
external influences, incentives for congressional 
behavior, and elections. Alternate years. 

214 

THE PRESIDENCY 

The structure and behavior of the American 
presidency, including elections, organization 
of the office, and relation to other national 
institutions. Alternate years. 

Ill 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international systems, 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

316 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic and 
methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which people's 
political opinions are formed, the manipulation 
of public opinion through the uses of propa- 
ganda, and the American response to politics 
and political issues. Alternate years. 

327 

WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAST 

Why is the Middle East such a dangerous 
region? The geography, history, religions, and 
politics that make its wars and its chances for 
peace. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi- 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



nal procedure carefully explores constitutional 
law and procedural rules which dominate 
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal law 
explores concepts relating to criminal respon- 
sibility and the establishment of selected 
offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot button" 
issues in the field: balancing protection of 
fundamental freedoms against society's need 
to solve an prevent crime; plea negotiations; 
the politicizing of the criminal justice system; 
mandatory sentencing schemes; management 
challenges to fast handling of criminal cases; 
the changing line between juvenile and adult 
criminal court; wisdom of using criminal 
punishment in an attempt to control some 
foniis of behavior. There will be two field 
trips to court proceedings. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing, or consent of 
instructor. 

334 I 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to 
the family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, 
and minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 







2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY 



jlective and nonelective activities, and 
ncludes analyses of women's issues currently 
)n legislative and court agendas. Alternate 
^ears. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

Capstone course required of majors, 
normally taken in their senior year, integrates 
and deepens knowledge and methods of the 
study of politics by means of empirical 
political inquiry and quantitative techniques. 
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
1 forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

1 470-479 

'INTERNSHIPS (See index) 
, Students may receive academic credit for 
I serving as interns in structured learning situations 
I with a wide variety of public and private 
I agencies and organizations. Students have 
, served as interns with the Public Defender's 
Office, the Lycoming County Court Administra- 
I tor, and the Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PSYCHOLOGY (psy) 

Professor: Ryan, Berthold 
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Beery, 

Olsen (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructors: Cimini, Mitchell 

The major provides training in both theoreti- 
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to 
meet the needs of students seeking careers in 
psychology or other natural or social sciences. 
It also meets the needs of students seeking a 
better understanding of human behavior as a 
means of furthering individual and career goals 
in other areas. Psychology majors and others 
are urged to discuss course selections in 
psychology with members of the department to 
help insure appropriate course selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 43 1, 432, and 
436. Statistics also is required. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 98. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSY341. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431, 432, and 436. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PSY 
1 10, two courses numbered 200 or higher, 
and one course from PSY 324, 333, 431, or 
432. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 
explored different semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elemen- 
tary and advanced undergraduates. No 
Prerequisites. One-half uuit of credit. May 
be repeated once for credit with departmental 
permission. May not be used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to research and theories 
on small group formation, structure, and 
performance. Topics include group commu- 
nication, conformity, leadership, conflict, 
and decision-making. Emphasis will be 
placed upon applying principles of group 
dynamics to different types of groups. 
Prerequisite: PSY 110 or consent of 
instructor. May term only. 



116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the concept- 
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically 
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well | 
as about the "generation of youth"; research * 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, pupil 
and teacher characteristics, concept learning, 
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and 
values, motivation, retention and transfer, 
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 



211 

LEARNING DISABILITIES 

An examination of learning disabilities, 
emotional problems, and social problems of 
children. Topics will include the legal and 
educational rights of children with disabilities, 
the various categories of disability qualifying 
for Special Education services, assessment of 
children with learning disabilities, characteris- 
tics of and interventions to help children with 
learning disabilities and attention difficulties, 
the educational placements and support 
services available, and Individualized Educa- 
tional Programs (lEPs). Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



I 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 



216 

ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 

This course examines in detail the symp- 
toms, assessment, causes, and treatments for 
psychological disorders primarily experienced 
by children and adolescents, including in the 
school setting. These include separation 
anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity 
Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant 
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili- 
ties, autism, Asperger's disorder, and mental 
retardation. This course also explores the 
application of specific treatment approaches to 
children/adolescents for disorders that can be 
experienced by both children and adults (e.g., 
phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post 
traumatic stress disorder, depression, bipolar 
disorder). Interventions for difficulties such as 
peer/social problems, physical conditions/ 
illness, traumatic brain injury, and the effects 
of poverty, divorce, and abuse are also 
discussed. Prerequisite: PSYUO. 

220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 

CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, the 
relation between love and sex will be explored, 
and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



decision making. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will cover 
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention 
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learning- 
based modification techniques such as 
contingency management, counter-condition- 
ing, extinction, discrimination training, 
aversive conditioning, and negative practice 
will be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent oj instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of adult- 
hood. Focus will be upon adult transitions, 
stress management, intimate relationships, 
sexuality, parenting skills, and work adjust- 
ment. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psychology 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of criminal 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity defense, 
and criminal profiling analysis. Prerequisites: 
PSY no and 116. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organiza- 
tion of the nervous system to the phenomena of 
behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, includ- 
ing scale transformation, norms, standardiza- 
tion, validation procedures, and estimation of 
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and statistics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES 
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopa- 
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse, 
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from 
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes 
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The 
course will focus on empirical literature about 
dysfunctional families and child development, 
biographical and political perspectives. 
Prerequisite: PSY 1 16 and 117, or consent of 
instructor. 



431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of statistics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY 
110, 431 and statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is best 
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year, 
because it integrates material from diverse areas 
of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for 
example, worked in prisons, public and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^p 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGION 

• 




private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas for 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the regular 
classroom situation. Studies in the past have 
included child abuse, counseling of hospital 
patients, and research in the psychology of 
natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 



RELIGION (RED 

Professor: Hughes 

Assistant Professor: Johnson (Chairperson) 

Instmctor: Knauth 

A major in Religion consists of 10 courses, 
including REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least 
seven courses must be taken in the depart- 
ment. Up to three of the following courses 
may be counted toward fulfilling the major 
requirements: GRK 221, 222. HEBR 221, 
222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 336. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: REL 1 10, 224, 225, 
226, 228. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 331, 
and 337. 

Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 1 10, 1 13 or 1 14 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 

• 



An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRX 
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 
221,222, HEBR 221, 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be reli- 
gious. Some of the issues are the definition 
of religion, the meaning of symbolism, 
concepts of God, ecstatic phenomena. 
Specific attention will be devoted to the 
current problem of cults and religious liberty. 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduc- 
tion to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH AND HIS- 
TORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of 
religion and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 



120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon 
what the dying may teach the living. Principal 
issues are the stages of dying, bereavement, 
suicide, funeral conduct, and the religious 
doctrines of death and immortality. Course 
includes, as optional, practical projects with 
terminal patients under professional supervi- 
sion. Only one course from the combination of 
REL 120 and 121 may be used for distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life 
after death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna- 
tion, and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. REL 120 is 
recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination of REL 120 and 
121 may be used for distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself 

223 

BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY 

CHRISTIANITY 

A study of historical, cultural, and reli- 
gious influences that shaped the formation of 
early Christianity and the antecedents of 
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, 
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contribu- 
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East-West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological method 
and a study in depth of several representative 
excavations along with the artifacts and material 
culture recovered from different historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 



Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 
ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions 
will be sought to questions such as: What 
does it feel like to be religious or to have a 
religious experience? What is the religious 
function in human development? How does 
one think psychologically about theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include 
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea 
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 

• 



redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 
Gospels and John give final form to their 
message. Course will vary from year to year 
and may he repeated for credit once if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as "The 
People of God" with reference to the Biblical, 
Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman Catholic 
traditions. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved archaeological 
dig or field school program in the Near East or 
Mediterranean region. Includes instruction in 
excavation techniques, recording and process- 
ing of artifacts. A survey of excavation and 
research and the use of archaeology as a tool 
for elucidating historical and cultural changes. 
Under certain circumstances, participation in 
an archaeological field school program within 
the United States, Central or South America, 
or elsewhere may be accepted. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

421 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SUPERVISION 

Participation in an archaeological excava- 
tion or field school program at the level of 
assistant supervisor or above. Includes 
instruction in on-site supervision of daily 
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of 
finds, and/or specialized training in excavation 



project coordination, data processing, or 
analysis of specific types of material culture. 
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL 
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only 



k 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. Interns in 
archaeology usually work in historical 
museums or art museums under the supervi- 
sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo- 
gist and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the complefion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 



Ill 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 



READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 

Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR 221, 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN OLD 

TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa- 
ment with special attention being given to 
exegetical questions. The text read varies 
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

222 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 




SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite: 
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: S. Alexander 
Assistant Professor: Ross 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fiandamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229, 
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Culturai Perspective Track II - Human 
Services in a Socio-Cultural Perspective 

requires SOC 1 10, 222, 229, 330, 430, 443, 
and 444. In addition, students must select two 
courses from among the following: SOC 220, 
228, 300, 334, and 335. Students are also 
required to choose two units from the follow- 
ing courses: PSY 1 10, ECON 224, PHIL 219, 
and SOC 230. Recommended courses: 
ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; 
and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 98. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334, 
335, 336, and 337. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward the 




writing intensive requirement: SOC 222, 228, 
229, 230, and 331. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 10 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 
goals, examination of biological and cultural 
evolution, the fossil evidence for human 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

222 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human services 
profession. It will review the history, the 
range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC I JO and/or PSY 110; or consent of 
instructor. 

1228 
AGING AND SOCIETY 

I Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
I the aged as individuals and as members of 

groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
I portrayals as well as such variables as health, 
I housing, socio-economic status, personal 

adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 

Sociological, social psychological, and 
; anthropological frames of reference are utilized 

in analysis and description of aging and its 

relationship to the individual and society. 

Prerequisite: SOCl 10. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy 
of cultural anthropology for an understanding 
of the human condition will be stressed. 



Topics to be covered include the nature of 
primitive societies in contrast to civilizations, 
the concept of culture and cultural relativism, 
the individual and culture, the social patterning 
of behavior and social control, an anthropologi- 
cal perspective on the culture of the United 
States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavior 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and 
alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instnictor. 

235 

SOCIAL HISTORY OF 

AMERICAN FAMILIES 

This course traces the historical develop- 
ments that lead to contemporary family debates 
on issues including, but not limited to, welfare 
support and reform, fertility and abortion 
politics, divorce and child custody issues, and 
women's employment outside of the home. In 
addition, the course examines the American 
family from the perspective of historical 
sociology with particular emphasis on the 
interplay of the family as it relates to historic 
reforms in the economic, political, educational, 
religious, and legal institutions. Covering 
approximately a four-century time frame, the 
changing composition of families is studied 
with an emphasis on racial, ethnic, and social 
class variations. Throughout the course 
"family" is addressed as a gendered institution 
and its implications for men's and women's 
lives. Alternate years. 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; condi- 
tions under which criminal laws develop; 
etiology of crime; epidemiology of crime, 
including explanation of statistical distribution 
of criminal behavior in terms of time, space, 
and social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

330 

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In studying the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering both 
qualitative and quantitative research. Students 
complete an original field work project in a 
public setting. Additionally, students will 
learn to compile and analyze quantitative data 
through a micro computer statistical software 
package. Different methodological skills 
considered include: field work, questionnaire 
construction, unobtrusive research, and 




program evaluation. The course must be taken 
in the junior year. Prerequisite: SOC 110 and 
MATH 123. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER 

Virtually every society known to us is 
founded upon assumptions of gender differ- 
ences and the politics of gender inequality. 
This course focuses on the ways in which 
gender is socially constructed and institution- 
alized in societies. Topics to be considered 
include cultural constructions of masculinity, 
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual- 
ity; institutional sites of gender differentiation 
such as work, family, military, and education; 
media representations of gender and sexuality; 
and reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed 
on various theories that have been advanced to 
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. Alternate years. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
listorical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 

lOF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
I the wealth of anthropological data on the 
'religions and world views developed by prim- 
litive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
;igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
[Various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
icultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
fmovements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
ithrough religions. Both a social scientific and 
lexistential perspective will be employed. Pre- 

\requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

I 

|337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

! An ethnographic survey of native North 

'American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 

the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 

and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 

to European contacts and United States 

(expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 

developments among American Indians will 

|be placed in an anthropological perspective. 

430 

iSOCIAL PROBLEMS 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330, students will complete an original 
[quantitative research project on a topic of their 
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of 
this course covers the social construction and 
life course of a social problem. Additionally, 
several social problems will be analyzed in 
idepth. Prerequisite: SOC 330. 

1443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 

HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

, The course examines the organizational 

;and conceptual context within which human 



services are delivered in contemporary society. 
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic 
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic 
communities, mental hospitals, and other 
human service institutions. The methodology 
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize 
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of 
helping environments and relationships. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 




THEATRE 



(THEA) 



Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stanley 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Jaffe 
Visiting Instructor: Graham 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre 
Department are to teach appreciation, service, 
foundational and specialized courses; to 
prepare students for advanced study and 
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc- 
tion programs in which students can practice 
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a 
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the 
College community. 

The Theatre Department produces a full 
season of faculty- and student-directed plays. 
The department also manages the Lycoming 
College Summer Theatre and a children's 
theatre company. The Emerald City Players. 
The department's production facilities include 



4 



an intimate thrust stage (The Mary L. Welch 
Theatre) and a small black box studio theatre 
(The Downstage Theatre) in the Academic 
Center. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 
333, 335, and 410. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 212, 
332, and 333. 

Major 

All students majoring in Theatre must 
complete the core courses and the require- 
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed 
below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

THEA 100, 145, 148, 232, 332, 333, and 410. 

Track Requirements: 

1. Acting: 

THEA 226, 245, 335, and either 345 or 
402; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a 
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits 
of 161. 

2. Directing: 

THEA 226, 335, 326 and either 402 or 
426; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager for a faculty-directed 
production and one-half credit which must 
be earned as the Stage Manager for a 
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits 
of 161. 

3. Design/Tech: 

ART 212, THEA 228, 229, 320; one from 
the following: 335, 402, 427, 428, 429; 
and 4 credits of THEA 160 and/or 161. 

Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA , 
100, 145, 226, 245, and 326. \ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 

• 



• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320. 

• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and the 
integral functioning of acting, directing and all 
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 148 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 135-136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cow of 1 7th-century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for MUS 137 or 138. Cross- 
listed as MUS 137. 



138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of civil- 
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 1 37 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138 
Cross-listed as MUS 138.. 

145 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi- 
sation, character analysis, and scene study. 
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Mary L. 
Welch Theatre productions, students will 
acquire experience with design, scenery, 
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi- 
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 100 prohibited 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production and/or 
rehearsal and perfomiance of the Theatre 
Department's faculty-directed productions in 
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for Theatre 
Practicum is earned on a fractional basis. 
Students may register for one-half semester 
hour course credit per production for active 
participation in the designated area of technol- 
ogy and performance, limited to one semester 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



hour credit per semester and eight semester 
hours credit over four years. Credit may not 
be used to satisfy distribution requirements in 
Fine Arts. Students may not register for 
Theatre Practicum while taking THE A 148 
without permission of the instructor. When 
scheduling, students should register for 
Theatre Practicum in addition to the normal 
four academic courses. Because students may 
not be cast or assigned duties in time to meet 
the drop/add deadline, late registration for 
THEA 160 and 161 (Rehearsal and Perfor- 
mance) will be permitted without penalty. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA 
ON SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the docum- 
entary to examine topics having to do with 
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental techniques 
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha- 
sizes an individual program of personal vocal 
development. Dialects and phonetic study of 
the major European accents and English 
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant 
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of 
credit. 

DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the functions of 
the director, with emphasis on script analysis, 
the rehearsal process, and communicating with 
collaborators. Practical scene work directing 
student actors is a major component of the 
course. Prerequisite: THEA 145. Alternate 
years. 



228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena 
Theatre productions will be part of the class- 
room requirements. Prerequisite: ART 212, 
THEA 148. Alternate years. 

229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design with 
emphasis on their practical application to the 
theatre. Prerequisite: ART 212, THEA 148. 
Alternate years. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, design 
and production problems and techniques 
through laboratory and plays in production. 
Pre- requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer 
only. 

131 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, church 
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA 
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 

• 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 235-236. 

245 

ACTING II 

Exploration of contemporary realism 
through intensive character analysis, mono- 
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite: 
THEA 145. 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for faculty-directed productions. 
Prerequisite: ART 212 and THEA 148, or 
consent of instructor. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 145. Alternate years . 

326 

DIRECTING II 

Continued exploration of the director's 
role in the production process with emphasis 
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical 
application will include the direction of a one- 
act play with student actors in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. Alternate 
years. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic. 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 
historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the origins of the theatre through 
1700. Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 
historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the early 1 8"' century through the 
theatre today. Prerequisite: THEA 332. 
Alternate years. 

335 

MODERN DRAMA 

A study of the major dramatic literature in 
depth that constitutes the body of the modem 
theatre, from 1 875 to the present. Included 
will be a survey of altemative theatre styles, 
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic, 
minority and contemporary problem plays will 
be surveyed as well. Alternate years. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

345 

ACTING III 

Exploration of historical acting styles 
including Greek, commedia dell 'arte, Elizabe- 
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and 
expressionism. Practical application will 
include character analysis, monologue work, 
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245. 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Empiiasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, and acting styles 
as well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of 
the theatre in its cultural context. Included 
will be a study of the art, music, literature, 
political and social framework of the period 
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 ami 333. 
Alternate years. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Practical application of directing in one of 
the department's two performance spaces. 
Prerequisite: THEA 326 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

421 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 
Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. 
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 



429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be 
repeated for credit. 

445 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be 
repeated for credit. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 




WOMEN'S STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Assistant Professor: Ross (Director) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 36), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. WMST 200 and four of the 
following courses are required for the minor. 
ART 339 Women in Art 
ENGL 334 Women and Literature 
HIST 220 Women in History 
PSCI 347 Women and Politics 
PSY 341 Psychology of Women 
SOC 331 Sociology of Women 
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies 

With the approval of the coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. To 
receive credit for a minor in women's studies, 
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 



The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: WMST 200. 

200 

ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of women's issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will 
explore the social construction of gender, 
feminist research methods and theories, and 
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. 
Topics may involve language, art, science, 
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic 
differences, sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's Studies designed to allow students 
to pursue particular subjects in more depth and 
detail than in the general introductory course. 
With the permission of the Coordinator of the 
Women s Studies Program students may repeat 
this course depending on the content. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



THE BOARD Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

First Vice President for 

Investments/Retired 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner 

& Smith 

Williamsport, PA 

Donald E. Failor '68 

Vice Chairman 

Owner/Chartered Underwriter 
D.E. Failor Associates 
Harrisburg, PA 

Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 

Secretary 
Owner/President 
Campbell, Harrington & 
Brear 
York, PA 

Harold D. 
Hershberger, Jr. '51 

Assistant Secretary 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates, 

Inc. 

Williamsport, PA 

Ann S. Pepperman, Esq. 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey, Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport, PA 

Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66 

Professor 

North Carolina State Univ. 

Raleigh, NC 

David R. Bahl, Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Williamsport, PA 

Harold D. Chapman 

Vice President/Retired 
Cobbler's, Inc. 
Williamsport, PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Owner/President 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



James E. Douthat 

President 
Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

E.xec. VP and Treasurer/ 
Retired 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

David D. Gathman '69 

President 

Targeted Diagnostics & 
Therapeutics, Inc. 
Westchester PA 

Arthur A. Haberberger '59 

Investor and Consultant 
Reading, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc. 

State College, PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

Portland, OR 

Bishop Neil L. Irons 

Bishop 

Central PA Conference 
United Methodist Church 
Mechanicsburg, PA 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

President 

George Krapf Jr. & 
Sons, Inc. 
Exton, PA 

David B. Lee '61 

CEO/Chairman 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College, PA 

Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Associates 
Halifax, PA 



Rosanna H. Lowry '72 

Retired School Teacher 
Montoursville, PA 

Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport, PA 

Peter R. Lynn '69 

CEO 

Government Retirement & 
Benefits, Inc. 
Alexandria, VA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Consultant 

Omega Financial Corp. 

Hollidaysburg, PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Physician/Surgeon 
Manhattan Eye, Ear & 
Throat Hospital 
New York, NY 

John C. Schultz 

President 

Jersey Shore Steel 

Jersey Shore, PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music, Inc. 

Williamsport, PA 

Judge Clinton W. Smith '55 

President Judge 
Court of Common Pleas 
29th Judicial District 
Williamsport, PA 

Charles D. Springman '59 

Sr. VP Operations/Retired 
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn. 
Williamsport, PA 

John S. Trogner, Jr. '68 

Partner/ First Commercial 
Real Estate 
Harrisburg, PA 

Burke R. Veley '60 

IBM CFO/Retired 
West Chester, PA 

Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Homemaker/Retired 
Williamsport, PA 



Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71 

Managing Director, 
Treasurer, Secretary/Retired 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 
Lutherville, MD 



EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE Sylvania 
Montoursville, PA 

Richard W. DeWald '61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply Company 
Montoursville, PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner/Retired 

Bloom Penn Construction 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '57 

Clergy/Teacher/Retired 
Penney Farms, FL 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Real Estate Broker 
Fish GMAC Real Estate 
Williamsport, PA 

W. Gibbs McKenney '37 

Senior Partner/Retired 
McKenney, Thomsen 
& Burke 
Lutherville, MD 

William Pickelner 

Owner 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Company 

Williamsport, PA 

Marguerite Rich '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich, PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Jenkintown, PA 

Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler 

President/Retired 
Wyoming Seminary 
Dallas, PA 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 



James E.Douthat( 1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Duke University 

Ed.D., Duke University 

JohnF. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
Professor of History 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S., Lafayette College 

Thomas Ruhl (2000) 

Vice President for Development & 
College Relations 
B.S.. Bloomsburg University 

Sue Saunders (2000) 

Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University? 
Ph. D. , University of Georgia 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Jeffrey G. Baird (1992) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A.. Mansfield University 

R. Joseph Barraclough (2000) 

Director of Physical Plant 
B.A., Bucknell University? 

Patricia E. Bausinger (2001) 

Campus Store Manager 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 



2003-04 ACADFMIC CATALOG 



Mark Britten (1994) 

Director of Counseling & Wellness Services 

B.A., Mansfield University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert C. Dietrich (2000) 

Sports Information Director 
B.S., Westminster College 

Keith O. Barrows (2002) 

Director of Gift Planning and Manager of 

Development Relations 

B.A., Lycoming College 

J.D., Widener University School of Law 

Matthew G. Edmonds (2002) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jerry S. Faico (1990) 

Director of Career Development Center 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Stephanie E. Fortin (2002) 

Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services 
B.A.. Lycoming College 
M.A., Kutztown University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Erin L. Girio (2002) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Communications Technology 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Blooms burg University 

David Heiney (1997) 

Director of Administrative Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Biicknell University 
Ed.D., Nova University 

Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park College 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Joanna M. Holcombe 

Instructional Services Librarian & Assistant 
Professor, Library 
B.A., Davidson College 
M.S., University of Tennessee 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Cathleen R. Hurwitz (1999) 

Instructional Services Librarian 
B.A., The College ofWooster 
M.S., Columbia University 

Susan Jewel (1999) 

Director Student Programs/Leadership 

Development 
B.A., Allegheny College 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Adrianna Kuckla (2001) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Assistant Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Sandi L. Lander (1995) 

Director of Administrative Computing 
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport 

Georgia R. Laudenslager (2000) 

Instructional Services Librarian 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S.L.S., Clarion University 

Linda B.Loehr (2001) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Stephen D. Lowe (2002) 
Development Officer 
B.A., Lycoming College 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



Wendy Mahonski (1995) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Melissa A. Masse (2001) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Jason L. McCahan (2001) 

Development Officer 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

Anne L. McMunn (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloomsbitrg University 

Heather R. Myers (2001) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Canisius College 

Michelle M. Parks (2001) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Lindsay R. Repko 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Cheryl Riley (1998) 

Prospect Research Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Denise Robinson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M.S., Miami University of Ohio 

Mary E. Savoy (2002) 

Assistant Registrar 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Jeremy C. Spencer (2000) 

Associate Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Miami University 

Sarah A. Spencer (2001) 

Student Life Coordinator 

B.A., Western New England College 

M.S., Miami University 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A. A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA 

Kimberly A. Waterman (2000) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Maramonne Wright (2000) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Niagara University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A.,LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., Boston University 
S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



Faculty 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2003 

** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 2004 

*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2003-04 

**** On Sabbatical Calendar Year 2003 

Professors 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshal! College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

JackD. Diehl, Jr. (1971) 

Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal of the College 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) * 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 

M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 



Robert H. Larson (1969) * 

History 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) 

German 

A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

John P. Graham Teaching Chair 
B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970) 

English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

A.B., Universit}' of California at Berkeley 
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 
Ph.D., The American University 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otter be in College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



FredM. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Bingham ton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stan T. Wilk (1973) 

Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Associate Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Jerry D, Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 
B.A., University' of Delaware 
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Holly D. Bendorf(1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) 

Spanish 

B.A., University' of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D.. Yale University 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Sociology/Anthropology (Criminal Justice) 
B.A., M.C.J. , University of South Carolina 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 



Richard R. Erickson (1973) 

Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

B. Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A.. Ph.D.. Indiana University 

David Fisher (1984) 

Physics 

B.S.. The Pennsylvcmia State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., Ph.D.. Columbia University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B.A., Acadia University 
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 
Habii, Universitat Mannheim 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Director of Library Services 

Associate Dean 

B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

Eldon F. Kuhns, 11 (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsvlvania) 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

D. Litt, Wilson College (Honors Causa) 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) ** 

Economics 

B.S., Un ivers ity of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

Director of Institute for Management Studies 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

David S. Witwer (1994) 

Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., DePaiiw University 
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Beery (1999) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Maria Calatayud (2003) 

Foreign Languages 

B.F.A., Universidad de las Americas, Puebla 

M.A., University of Southern Mississippi 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Ph.D., Florida State University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Bahram Golshan (1989) ** 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Edinboro State University of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S., Kent State University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Garett Heysel (1999) 

French 

B.A., Middlebwy College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A. A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) 

Religion 

B.A., California State University, Fullerton 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary 

M.A., Miami University of Ohio 

M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Maria W. Jones (2002) 

Education 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.Ed., Clarion University 

Sue A. Kelley (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Sandra L. Kingery (1998) *** 

Spanish 

B.S., Lawrence University 

M.A., Ph.D.. Universit}' of Wisconsin Madison 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ. 

M.A., Pepperdine Univ. 

D.Ed., West Virginia Univ. 

Joseph L. Lipar (2002) 

Biology 

B.S.. Michigan State University 

Ph.D.. Indiana University 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Eileen M. Peluso (1998) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Susan M. Ross (1998) 

Sociology 

B.A., Miller sville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S.. Cornell University' 

M.S., The American University 

Ph.D., Syracuse University 

C.P.A., Washington, DC 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S. B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 



N. J. Stanley (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S., Louisiana State University 
M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee 
Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) * 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A,, Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

FredricM. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.4., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D.. Ohio State University 

Instructors 

Alka Ghandi 

Economics 

B.A., Duke University' 

M.A., University' of Kansas 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S.. The Pennsylvania State University 

Robin Knauth (1999) 

Religion 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.T.S., Regent College 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B. Bus. Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College, 
CUNY 

Mark Anderman (1997) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert Bomboy (2001) 

English 

A.B., Wilkes College 

M.S., Columbia College 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

French & Spanish 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Cullen Chandler (2003) 

History 

B.A., Austin College 

M.S., Fordham University 

Ted Chappen (1994) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Bucknell University 

M.A., University of Chicago 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical 

Sciences 

B.A., Rosemont College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 



Pamela Dill (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N., University of the State of New York 

at Albany 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 

Kathy Furman (2003) 

Education 

B.A., Oral Roberts University 

M.S.Ed., Wilkes University 

Pamela Gaber (2002) 

Religion-Archaeology 

B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison 

A.M., Ph.D., Hansard University 

Danielle Goodyear (2000) 

Art 

B.F.A., Alfred University 

M.F.A., Savannah University 

Jay Gordon (2003) 

Education 

B.A., M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Robert Graham (2003) 

Theatre 

B.A., Kennesaw State University, 

M.F.A., Indiana University, Bloomington 

David Jaffe (1998) 

Theatre 

B.A., Kenyon College 

M.F.A., Ohio University' 

Craig Kauffman (1994) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown State College 

Dianne Langley (2000) 

Business Administration/Communication 
B.A., M.A., Bloomsburg University 

John Mitchell (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Florida State University 

Psy.D., Indiana State University 

Janet Ogurcak (2001) 

Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier 
B.A., Pennsvlvania State University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Peter J. Petokas (2003) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., SUNY. NewPALTZ 

M.S., SUNY, College of Environmental 

Science & ForesUy, Syracuse 
Ph.D., SUNY, Bingham ton 

Thomas Raup (1995) 

Visiting Professor of Legal Studies 
A.B., Columbia College 
J.D., Columbia School of Law 

Larry Rhinehart (2001) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kim Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Edward R. Robbins (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Mansfield State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

J. David Smith (2001) 

Political Science 

B.A., Johns Hopkins University 

J.D., Temple University School of Law 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 

Don Stuart (2001) 

English 

B.A., Hamilton College 
M.A., Duke University- 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Lou Ann Tom (1993) 

Part-Time Lab Instructor 
A.B., Lycoming Collge 
M.S., Bucknell University 



Howard Tran (2002) 

Art 

B.F.A., Boston University 

M.F.A., Academy of Art College 

Robert Williams (2003) 

Communication 

B.S., M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Tiffany Wishard (2000) 

Criminal Justice/Political Science 

B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law 

Christopher J. Woodruff (2000) 

Visiting Instructor of Music 
B.M.E., Louisiana State University 
M.Mus., Northwestern University 

Cui Yin (2003) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Qufu Normal University 

M.S., Fudan University 

M.A., M.S., Ph.D., University! of Pennsylvania 

Applied Music Instructors 

Richard Adams (2002) 

Woodwinds 

Amanda Baker (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.M., Northwestern University 

M.M., Yale University 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

Richard Campbell 

Woodwinds 

Don Fisher (2003) 
Percussion 

Robert Hickey (2002) 

Woodwinds 

William Kellerman (2001) 

Brass 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University' of Pennsvlvania 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Leonard Lavelle (2002) 

Brass 

M.S., Duquesne University 

Yvonne Lundquist (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Janice Miller (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E., Westminister Choir College 
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 
The Pennsylvania State University 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Cello and String Methods 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 

B.A., Pepperdine University 

Frank Spencer (2001) 

Voice 

Noelle Woods (2002) 

Voice 

B.M., Baylor University 

M.M., Ohio State University 



Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical 

Technology^ 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 1 7603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory^ 
Science Program 

Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park 
Elkins Park, PA 19117 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Say re, PA 18840 

Don M. Larrabee, II 

Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 

LL.B.. Fordham University 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

Richard Rupkalvis, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Clinical Labora- 
tory Science Program 
Elkins Park Hospital 
Elkins Park, PA 19027 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Robert B. Angstadt 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ursinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle 

Professor Emeritus of Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 



® 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Mr. John H. Conrad 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., Mansfield State College 
M.A., New York University 

Robert F. Falk 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

B.A.. B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Dr. Morton A. Fineman 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.A., Indiana University 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A., SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 
B.D., Southern Methodist University 
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminaiy 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebuiy College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Bruce M. Hurlbert 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University' 



M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ursinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Emily R. Jensen 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang. 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Conservatory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF 




James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University^ of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed.. The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of EngHsh 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Robert A. Zaccaria 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.A., Bridgewater College 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 



Athletic Staff 



Jason Betz 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

David Bower 

Football Coach 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

John Dorner 

Head Men's Tennis Coach 

Royce Eyer 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mili^e Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S.. Mansfield University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Jerry Girardi 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 

• 



Gerald Hammaker 

Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

Kristi Hammaker 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

B.S., Clarion University 

M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Scott Hill 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Jared Jankowski 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Vonnie Kaiser 

Assistant Women's Tennis Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Scott Kennell 

Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., North Carolina Wesley an College 

Kathy Ley 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Shippensburg University 
M.Ed., M.A.., Blooms burg University 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgnt.. Lock Haven University 

Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S.. U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 

Tom Packard 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Mike Pearson 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Elizabeth Raub 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.S., Miller sville University 

Todd Riescher 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeffrey Rauff 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Shawn Rosa 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathy Schick 

Cheerleading Advisor 

Jesse Smith 

Assistant Football Coach 

Jamie Spencer 

Head Golf Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jamie Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B..4.. Lycoming College 

Richard Zaionis 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lock Haven University 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Administpiative Support Staff 



Clifford E. Allen 

Security Officer 

Lorri Amron 

Faculty Secretary 

Steven E. Amrom 

Security Officer 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Mark D. Earner 

Security Officer 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Kathleen J. Bennett 

Faculty Secretary 

Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Beth Bickel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 

Carol J. Counsil 

Secretary, Residence Life 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project Supervisor 

Linda R. Delong 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 




Jonathan DeSantis 

Staff Technician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Faculty Secretary, Music & Art 

Julia Dougherty 

Library Technician, Archives 

Terri R. DriscoU 

Textbook/Supply Coordinator 

Debra Fedroff 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Peggy Fenstermacher 

Infonnation Data Specialist, Secretary 

Nicole S. Franquet 

Network Administrator 

Beatrice D. Gamble 

Student Information Specialist 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Ali I. Helminiak 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

MaryAnn HoUenbach 

Faculty Secretary 

Michael J. Holmes 

Library Evening Proctor 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Tamara Hutson 

Library Technician, Instructional Services 

Sandra L. Jansson 

Secretary, College Relations 

David M. Kelchner 

Systems Analyst 

Margaret I. Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Leah D. Lipar 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Tina J. Lorson 

Hoursing Coordinator 

Cathi A. Lutz 

Personnel Coordinator 

John J. Maness 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Nieiin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Zee L. Merkel 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Tracy B. Miles 

Special Events Coordinator, Executive Secretary 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Leroy C. Mosteller 

Security Officer 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Delivery 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician, Acquisitions 

Ben Pelipesky 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Julie M. Pontious 

Campus Store Assistant 

Laura T. Printzenhoff 

Faculty Secretary 

Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Cataloging/Govt. Pub. 

2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Leslie J. Schier 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Office Manager, Secretary Alumni & Development 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor 

Amy L. Starr 

Programmer Analyst 

Michelle M. Sullivan 

Database Administrator 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Devin A. Thompson 

Security Officer 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health & Counseling Services 

Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/ 
Leadership Development 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Athletics 

Mary S. White 

Campus Store Clerk 

Joyce E. Wilson 

Secretary, Campus Ministry 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Salvatore Zangara 

Mailroom Assistant 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




The Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of over 13,000 men 
and women. It is governed by an Executive 
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The 
Board includes members representing various 
class years and geographic areas, the senior 
class president, the current student body pres- 
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating 
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming 
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent 
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni 
Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an 
active and mutually beneficial relationship 
between the College and its alumni, utilizing 
their talents, resources, and counsel to fiirther 
the objectives and programs of Lycoming 
College." 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible 
for keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed to 
all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this Office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the Alumni 
Association should be addressed to the 
Alumni and Parent Programs Office. 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVH BOARD 



Alumni Association executive board 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007 

Thomas Beamer 74 
Andrew A. Bucke 7 1 
David E. Detwiler, III 75 
Heather Duda '98 
David Freet '68 
John J. Joe '59 
Mark J. Ohlinger '92 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006 

Brian L. Belz '96 
Brenda J. Bowser '98 
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86 
Nancy Gieniec '59 
Patricia M. Krauser '68 
John C. Shorb '76 
Brian D.Vasey '81 
David A. Walsh '76 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005 

D. Keigh Earisman '58 
Andrew Gross '59 
John Lea, III '80 
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78 
JohnT. Murray, Iir81 
Matthew T. Pivirotto '98 
James G. Scott '70 
Gary Spies '72 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004 

Robert L. Bender '59 
Karin P. Botto '93 
Bonnie Bowes '62 
Kathleen Tighe Gaye '75 
Meredith Rambo Murray '92 
Cheryl Eck Spencer '70 
Jay Thomson '86 
Linda L. Wallace '77 
Dennis Youshaw '61 

Members of the Board Serving a 
One-Year Term 

Student Senate of Lycoming College 
(SSLC) President 

Christine M. CoUa '04 

(SSLC) Past President 

Stephen Sharp '03 

2003 Senior Class President 

Tricia O'Connor '03 

2004 Senior Class President 

Timothy F. Sullivan '04 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



INDEX 



Academic Advising 44 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 28,29 

Academic Honors 29 

Academic Program 30 

Accounting Curriculum 51 

Accounting-Mathematics 54 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 24 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 24 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 45 

Alumni Association 180 

American Studies Curriculum 55 

Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 135 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient 

Near East 56 

Art Curriculum 57 

Astronomy and Physics 63 

Astronomy Curriculum 63 

Audit 26 

Biology Curriculum 69 

Board of Trustees 164 

Business Administration Curriculum 76 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 48 

Career Development Services 20 

Chemistry Curriculum 82 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 45 

Class Attendance 26 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 24 

Communication Curriculum 86 

Community Service Curriculum 142 

Computer Science Curriculum 124 

Conduct, Standards of 22 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 38 

Engineering 38 



Environmental Studies 39 

Forestry 39 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science 41 

Optometry 40 

Podiatry 40 

Counseling, Personal 20 

Course Credit by Examination 24 

Creative Writing 104 

Criminal Justice Curriculum 91 

Cultural Diversity 33 

Degree Programs/Requirements 31 

Dental School, Preparation 37 

Departmental Honors 43 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 32 

English 33 

Fine Arts 33 

Foreign Language 33 

Humanities 33 

Mathematics 33 

Natural Sciences 33 

Social Sciences 33 

Economics Curriculum 94 

Education Curriculum 98 

Educational Opportunity Grants 17 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 38 

English Curriculum 104 

English Requirement 33 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24 

Environmental Science Minor 70 

Environmental Studies 39 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 36 

Faculty 168 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Fine Arts Requirements 33 

Foreign Language Requirement 33 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 109 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 39 

French Curriculum 1 10 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



German Curriculum 112 

Grading System 26 

Graduation Requirements 31 

Greek Curriculum 152 

Health Professions, Preparation 44 

Health Services 20 

Hebrew Curriculum 153 

History Curriculum 1 16 

Honors Program 41 

Honor Societies 30 

Humanities Requirement 33 

Independent Study 47 

Institute for Management Studies 120 

Interdisciplinary Majors 36 

Established Majors 36 

Individual Majors 36 

International Studies 121 

Internship Programs 47 

Legal Professions, Preparation 45 

Literature 123 

Loans 18 

Lycoming Scholar Program 41 

Major 35 

Admission to 35 

Departmental 35 

Interdisciplinary 36 

Management Scholars Program 120 

Mathematical Sciences 124 

Mathematic Requirements 33 

Mathematics Curriculum 126 

May Term 46 

Medical School, Preparation 44 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science Curriculum 130 

Minor 36 

Music Curriculum 132 

Natural Science Requirement 33 

Non-degree Students 25 

Optometry 40 

Optometry School, Preparation 45 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 45 

Oxford-Brooks Semester 49 

Payment of Fees 13 

Philadelphia Semester 48 



Philosophy Curriculum 137 

Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 141 

Physical Activity Curriculum 141 

Physics Curriculum 66 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 40 

Political Science Curriculum 142 

Pre-Medicine 37 

Psychology Curriculum 145 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 25 

Religion Curriculum 149 

Repeated Courses 28 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 41 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships (ROTC) 19 

Scholar Seminar 153 

Social Science Requirement 33 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Spanish Curriculum 1 14 

Staff 165, 178 

State Grants and Loans 18 

Student Records 24 

Study Abroad 49 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SLOG) 18 

Theatre Curriculum 158 

Theological Professions, Advising 45 

Transfer Credit 1 1,24 

Unit Course System 23 

United Nations Semester 48 

Veterinary School, Preparation 45 

Washington Semester 48 

Wellness Curriculum 141 

Withdrawal from College 26 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's Studies 163 

Work-Study Grants 19 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program ... 34 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 17701-5192 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http://www.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national or 
ethnic origin, or color in the administration 
of any of its policies and programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-04 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^r 




m O